Essom PDF

We Supply Worldwide
Hydraulics Bench and Accessories (HB)

Flow Measurement and Flow Study (HF)
Pump Test Set (HP)
Turbine Test Set (HT)
Air Flow And Air Compression (MP)
Thermodynamics (MT,TH)
Renewable Energy (RE)
Strength and Property of Materials (TM)
Theory of Machines (MM)
Structures and Accessories (ST)
Chemical Engineering and Food Technology (BP, HM)
Miscellaneous Equipment
HYDRAULICS BENCH AND ACCESSORIES
HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH

For water supply and measurement of volume flow rate.
A 0.37 kW pump with 10 and 45 lt measuring tank and
storage tank.
HB 100G HYDRAULIC BENCH, Gravimetric

For water supply and measurement of weight rate of
flow. A 0.37 kW Pump with 45 kg measuring tank,
weights and storage tank.
HB 101 BASIC HYDRAULIC BENCH

A simple bench for supply and measurement of volume
flow rate. A 0.37 kW pump with storage tank and water
meter.
HB 101-013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH CHANNEL
HB 011 DEAD WEIGHT PRESSURE TESTER
HB 012 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURES
HB 012A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE,

Tilting Submerged Quadrant
HB 012B HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE,

Tilting Jar Quadrant
HB 013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH
HB 015 BERNOULLIS THEOREM

APPARATUS
HB 014 METACENTRIC HEIGHT
HB 016 FLOW METERS
HB 016P PITOT TUBE APPARATUS
HB 017 PIPE FRICTION
HB 018 BENDS AND FITTINGS FRICTION
HB 019 ORIFICE AND JET FLOW
HB 020 IMPACT OF A JET
HB 022 FREE AND FORCED VORTEX,

Rotating Paddle
HB 023A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELLER

TURBINE
HB 023F MINI FRANCIS TURBINE
HB 021 FLOW THROUGH AN ORIFICE
HB 022A FREE AND FORCED VORTEX,

Rotating Tank
HB 023AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE

TURBINE
HB 023K MINI KAPLAN TURBINE
HB 023P MINI PELTON TURBINE
HB 024H OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS
HB 026 LAMINAR FLOW APPARATUS
HB 029 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP,

Variable Speed
HB 030F SERIES AND PARALLEL

PUMPS, Fixed Speed
HB 024 OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS
HB 025 HYDRAULIC RAM PUMP
HB 027 MINI FLOW CHANNEL
HB 029R RECIPROCATING PUMP
HB 030M SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMPS,

Multi Speed
HB 041 CAVITATION PANEL
HB 200 HYDROSTATICS BENCH

A self contained bench with equipment for calibration,
determination, measurement and demonstration of
various properties or behavior of fluids under static
conditions. Over 15 experiments.
HB 201 HYDROSTATICS PANEL

A bench top panel with equipment for calibration,
determination, measurement and demonstration of
properties/behavior of fluid under static condition.
Over 15 experiments.
HB 210 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS

This apparatus is for studying and understanding the
basic pressure measuring devices using manometers
and pressure gauges. Pressure / vacuum generated by
a pump. Dead weight pressure tester.
For further details, please visit www.essom.com or www.essom.cc
HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Most of the apparatus below are to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied) for a water supply
and flow measurement. Learning software is available for most experiments.
HB 011 DEAD WEIGHT PRESSURE TESTER
DESCRIPTION :
The tester is designed to calibrate pressure gauge.
It consists of a precision machined stainless steel piston and cylinder
lining using calibrated weights applied on the upper end of the piston rod.
The assembly is mounted on adjusting screws with a bulls eye level.
The pressure gauge is connected to the cylinder, thus subjects to known
pressure and comparison with the gauge reading can be made.
The cylinder can be refilled without removing the piston.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pressure gauge
Maximum pressure
Calibration weights
: 1 ea.
: 2.4 kg/cm2
: 1 lot.
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 14 x 38 x 31 cm

Net weight
: Approx. 10 kg
ESSOM CO., LTD. 508 Soi Taksin 22/1 Taksin Rd. Bukkalo Thonburi Bangkok 10600 Thailand
Tel. +66 2476 0034 Fax. +66 2476 1500 E-mail : essom@essom.com,http://www.essom.com
We reserve the right to change specifications without notice
W 100913

HB 012 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows the moment caused by a fluid thrust on a wholly or partially submerged plane surface to be measured
directly.
A quadrant is mounted on a balance arm pivoted on knife edges which coincide with the quadrant center. When the quadrant
immerses in water, there are hydrostatic forces. The balance arm has an adjustable counter balance and weights with a
hanger. The quadrant is mounted on top of a clear acrylic tank which allows water to be admitted and drained to a required
level by a valve. The tank rests on adjustable footings and a bulls eye level is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Quadrant Inner radius
Outer radius
Width
Depth scale
Weights
:
:
:
:
:
100 mm
200 mm
75 mm
1 mm graduation
1 lot.

Net weight
: Approx. 5.5 kg
W 100913

HB 012A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE, Tilting Submerged Quadrant

DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows the moment caused by a fluid thrust on a wholly or partially submerged plane surface to be measured
directly. This surface can be tilted.
A quadrant is hinged on a shaft pivoted on knife edges which coincide with the quadrant center. The quadrant position is
adjustable relative to a balance arm such that the submerged plane surface can be tilted. A depth scale is indicated on the
quadrant. When the quadrant is immersed in water, there are hydrostatic forces.
The balance arm has an adjustable counter balance and weights with a hanger. The quadrant is mounted on top of a clear
acrylic tank which allows water to be admitted and drained to required level by a valve. The tank rests on adjustable footings
and a bulls eye level is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Quadrant Inner radius
Outer radius
Width
Depth scale
Tilting angle
Weights
:
:
:
:
:
:
100 mm
200 mm
75 mm
1 mm graduation
0 to 30 degrees in either direction.
1 lot.

Net weight
: Approx. 6.5 kg
W 100913

HB 012B HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE, Tilting Jar Quadrant
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows the moment caused by a fluid thrust on a wholly or partially filled plane surface to be measured directly.
This surface can be tilted.
A clear acrylic hollow quadrant is hinged with ball bearings onto a fixed arm which coincides with the quadrant center. A lever
arm is also hinged on the same axis. The quadrant can be tilted by changing the lock pin position. At the other end of the lever
arm is an adjustable counter weight.
A depth scale for water and angular scale for quadrant tilting are indicated on the quadrant. When water is admitted into the
quadrant the lever arm will tilt. Sliding weights with hanger are then applied to the arm to balance the quadrant with water. The
weight can be moved linearly on a scale such that the exact turning moment can be determined.
The apparatus rests on adjustable footings and a bulls eye level is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA
Quadrant internal dimensions : Inner radius 100 mm
Outer radius 200 mm
Width
75 mm
Depth scale
: 1 mm graduation.
Tilting angle
: 0 to 30 degrees in either direction.
Weights
: 1 lot.
Net weight
: Approx. 4.6 kg
W 100913

HB 013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH
DESCRIPTION :
The apparatus is for the study of flow over a notched weir. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
Three weir plates, a rectangular notch and two vee notches, are provided. Characteristics of flow over the notches can be
observed and coefficients of discharge can be determined. The plates are attached to the open channel of the Hydraulics Bench.
Water is supplied to the channel via a discharge diffuser and passes through a stilling baffle to smooth the flow. A vernier hook
and point gauge is provided to measure the height of water level in the channel.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Weir plates : Rectangular notch, 60o and 90o V notches.
Stainless steel vernier hook and point gauge : range 0-150 mm, reading 0.05 mm

Net weight
: Approx. 4 kg
W 100913

HB 014 METACENTRIC HEIGHT
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is designed to determine the metacentric height of a floating body and the height variation with the tilt angle. It is
to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench or a bowl (separately supplied)
The equipment consists of a rectangular pontoon. The center of gravity of
the pontoon can be moved sideways by moving horizontal jockey weight.
The angle of tilt of the pontoon is indicated by a plumb-bob on a scale attached.
The center of gravity of the pontoon can also be moved vertically by means of
adjustable vertical weights on the mast.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pontoon
Horizontal scale
Maximum angle of tilt
Vertical sliding weight
Jockey weight
:
:
:
:
:
400 mm long x 200 mm wide x 100 mm high

1 mm graduation.
13ox 0. 5o graduation
1 ea.
1 ea.

Net weight
: Approx. 3 kg
W 100913

HB 015 BERNOULLIS THEOREM APPARATUS
DESCRIPTION :
Bernoullis theorem is applied on flow through a clear acrylic Venturi tube. The apparatus is to be used with HB100
Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
Static pressures at various points along the wall of a transparent Venturi tube are directly measured on a manometer
equipped with a vent valve and a hand air pump. A movable stainless steel total head probe is also provided. Flow through
the Venturi tube is controlled by a valve at the outlet. As a primary flow measuring device, coefficient of discharge for the
Venturi tube can also be determined.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Diameter
Taper angles
Water manometer
Total head probe
:
:
:
:
28 mm inlet.
Inlet 21o Outlet 10o
8 tubes.
1 ea.

Net weight
: Approx. 6 kg
W 100913

HB 016 FLOW METERS
DESCRIPTION :
efficient of discharge for each device
This equipment determines the coefficients of discharge for different flow measuring devices. It is to be used with HB100
The equipment consists of a Venturi tube, an orifice plate, and a Pitot tube, made from a clear acrylic, connected in series.
Pressure drop across each device is connected to a water manometer bank with a vent valve and a hand air pump.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Variable area flow meter
Venturi meter
Orifice plate
Pitot tube
Water manometer
:
:
:
:
:
1 ea.
1 ea.
1 ea.
1 ea.
8 tubes.

Net weight
: Approx. 16 kg
W 100913

HB 016P PITOT TUBE APPARATUS
DESCRIPTION :
This apparatus is for a study of velocity distribution across pipe section for a water flow in pipe, and for measurement of flow
velocity. It is to be used with HB 100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied).
The apparatus consists of a total head tube and a static head tube for the Pitot, clear acrylic pipe, inlet and outlet, and an inclined
manometer. The total head tube can be moved up or down vertically with a scale for indication of the tube position. Differential
pressure is measured by an multiple inclination manometer.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Acrylic tube
- Inside diameter
Total head probe
Inclined water manometer
:
:
:
34 mm.
1 ea.
0-450.

Net weight
: Approx. 2 kg
W 100913

HB 017 PIPE FRICTION
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment measures pressure drop when water flows through a vertical pipe at various flow rates both laminar and
turbulent. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
It consists of adjustable constant head water source of removable clear acrylic cylinder for laminar flow. Turbulent flow may be
achieved by directly connecting the pipe to the Hydraulics Bench water supply. Flow rate can be controlled by a valve at outlet.
A water manometer with a vent valve, a hand air pump and a mercury manometer are provided for measurement of pressure drop.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
: 150 mm.
Water manometer
: 450 mm.
Mercury manometer
: 450 mm.
Note : Due to transport laws, ESSOM cannot supply the mercury. Buyer
must source it locally.
Test pipe
: Stainless steel, 3 mm approx ID.
Test section length
: Over 500 mm.
Measuring cup
: 1l
OPTIONAL
: Horizontal test pipe instead vertical.

: Differential pressure sensor and indicator.
: Differential pressure gauge.

Net weight
: Approx. 10 kg
W 100913

HB 018 BENDS AND FITTINGS FRICTION
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment measures pressure drops at various flow rates when water flow through different pipe bends, and fittings. It is to
be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
All bends and fittings are connected in series with pressure tappings on both sides of each device. A water manometer with a
vent valve and a hand air pump is connected to these tappings. A valve at the outlet is used to control the flow.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pipe diameter (norminal)
: 20 mm.
Enlarged pipe diameter (norminal)
: 35 mm.
Bends
: 90o Miter bend, 90o small radius bend, 90o large radius bend
Fittings
: 90oElbow, 45o elbow (2 ea), sudden expansion, and sudden contraction.
Water manometer
: 8 tubes x 450 mm x 1 mm graduation.
Net weight
: Approx. 13 kg
W 100913

HB 019 ORIFICE AND JET FLOW
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows determination of coefficient of velocity and coefficient of discharge under various constant heads for two
different orifice diameters. Comparison of jet trajectory with that by theory of mechanics can also be made. The equipment is to
be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The equipment consists of a removable clear acrylic cylinder with sharp edge orifice installed at and flush with the lower inside
wall of the cylinder. An adjustable overflow allows various constant heads for the test and trajectory of the jet is indicated by
probes on the jet path. The apparatus rests on adjustable footings and a level gauge is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Orifice diameter
Trajectory probes
Measuring cup
OPTIONAL
:
:
:
:
150 mm
2 different sizes
8, stainless steel.
1l
: Accessories for modification of HB 019 Orifice and Jet Flow

to HB 021 Flow Through Orifice. In this case, water inlet is from the top.

Net weight
: Approx. 10 kg
W 100913

HB 020 IMPACT OF A JET
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment provides measurement of force developed by a water jet on different stationary targets. It is to be used with
HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The equipment consists of a removable clear acrylic cylinder. Water is supplied through a tube at the bottom of the cylinder
and discharged vertically through a nozzle onto a target plate. Each plate maintains the same working distance from the nozzle.
A clear acrylic guard is provided to prevent water jet from splashing on the target. Force on the plate pushes its stem upward.
Dead weight is then applied on the stem to counter balance the force exerted by the water jet. This balance is indicated by
a pointer on a steel rod next to the weight. The apparatus rests on adjustable footings and a bulls eye level is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Target plates
Weights
: 150 mm
: Flat, 120o cone, 180o hemisphere, 30o target.
: 1 lot.

Net weight
: Approx. 8 kg
W 100913

HB 021 FLOW THROUGH AN ORIFICE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows measurement of contraction and velocity coefficients as well as discharge coefficient for an orifice
discharge. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
It consists of a removable clear acrylic cylinder with adjustable constant head. Water is admitted to the cylinder via a discharge
head. An adjustable overflow allows various constant heads for the test. An orifice is fitted at the bottom of the cylinder flush
with the base plate. A traverse assembly is provided below the cylinder. Attached to this assembly is a wire and a pitot tube.
The wire is to measure the jet diameter hence the vena contracta diameter and the pitot tube is to measure the jet velocity. The
velocity head on pitot tube and total head due to tank water level are indicated on manometer tubes. The apparatus rests on
adjustable footings and a bulls eye level is provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Standard orifice
Traverse travel
: 150 mm
: 13 mm diameter, sharp edge.
: 0.01 mm division.
OPTIONAL ORIFICE
: Round edge, Borda mouth piece , short pipe

(round or sharp edge), Venturi, round approach.

Net weight
: Approx. 11 kg
W 100913

HB 022 FREE AND FORCED VORTEX, Rotating Paddle
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is designed to produce and measure free and forced vortices. It is to be used with
The equipment consists of a clear acrylic cylinder on a plinth. The free vortex is generated by water discharging through an
interchangeable orifice at the base of the cylinder and the resulting profile is measured by a combined caliper and depth scale.
The forced vortex is generated by a paddle at the base of the cylinder which is rotated by jets of water, and the profile is
measured by a series of depth gauges. The velocity at any point in the free and forced vortices may be measured using a pitot
tube.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Orifice diameters
Distance from center of depth probes
Pitot tube measuring points
:
:
:
:
250 mm
4 different sizes
0 to 110 mm
3 different radius.

Net weight
: Approx. 8 kg
W 100913

HB 022A FREE AND FORCED VORTEX, Rotating Tank
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to produce and measure free and forced vortices. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench
(separately supplied)
The equipment consists of a clear acrylic cylindrical tank inside which is another smaller perforated clear acrylic cylinder. The
tank is rotated by a small motor. A small hole is provided at the center of the bottom of the tank. A forced vortex is formed
when a fixed amount of water is contained in the rotating vessel. A free vortex is formed when water is admitted at the annulus
and drain through the bottom hole. A cross bar with scale and a sliding probe holder are provided above the vessel. Water
surface profile is measured by a depth probe attached to the cross bar. A transparent tube with built-in pitot probe to measure
total head is also attached to the cross bar.
TECHNICAL DATA
Rotating tank
Perforated cylinder
Orifice diameters
Depth probe
Pitot probe
Portable tachometer
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Approximately 350 mm diameter.

Approximately 250 mm diameter.
3 different sizes
1 ea
1 ea
1 ea
220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.

Net weight
: Approx. 25 kg
W 100913

HB 023A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELLER TURBINE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment demonstrates axial flow propeller turbine characteristics i.e. torque, power and efficiency at different speeds for
various heads and flow rates of water. It is to be used with a submersible pump and an HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately
supplied)
The turbine fixed guide vanes direct water to the runner. Inlet-pressure is indicated by a manometer. Torque is measured by a
prony brake with two spring balances. Speed is indicated on a portable tachometer. Flow rate is measured by the Hydraulics
Bench measuring tank. The apparatus has a hose for connection to the Hydraulics Bench.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.Construction
..Maximum
power
Submersible pump
.Instruments
: Stainless steel runner, guide vanes and casing with transparent

guide vane and runner section.
: 10 W.
: 0.37 kW.
- Pressure
: Mercury manometer.
Note : Due to transport laws, ESSOM cannot supply the mercury. Buyer must source it locally.
- Torque
- Speed
OPTIONAL
: 2 ea, spring balances.

: Portable tachometer.
: Pressure gauge instead of mercury manometer.

Net weight
: Approx. 7 kg.
W 100913

HB 023AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE TURBINE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment demonstrates axial flow impulse turbine characteristics i.e. torque, power and efficiency at different speeds for
various heads and flow rates of water. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The turbine twin nozzles with flow control valves direct water jets to the runner radial blades. Nozzle pressure is indicated by
a pressure gauge. Torque is measured by a prony brake with two spring balances. Speed is indicated on a portable tachometer.
Flow rate is measured by the Hydraulics Bench measuring tank. The apparatus has a hose for connection to the Hydraulics
Bench.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.Construction
..Maximum
power
Instruments
- Pressure
- Torque
- Speed
: Stainless steel runner, twin nozzles and casing with

transparent discharge window.
: 25 W.
: 1ea. pressure gauge.

Net weight
: Approx. 7 kg.
W 100913

HB 023F MINI FRANCIS TURBINE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment demonstrates Francis turbine characteristics i.e. torque, power and efficiency at different speeds for various
heads and flow rates of water. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The turbine adjustable guide vanes direct water spirally to the runner. Inlet pressure is indicated by a pressure gauge. Torque is
measured by a prony brake with two spring balances. Speed is indicated on a portable tachometer. Flow rate is measured by
the Hydraulics Bench measuring tank. The apparatus has a hose for connection to the Hydraulics Bench.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Construction
Maximum power
Instruments
- Pressure
- Torque
- Speed
: Bronz runner with adjustable guide vanes.

: Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window.
: 25 W.
: 1 ea. pressure gauge.

Net weight
: Approx. 8.5 kg
W 100913

HB 023K MINI KAPLAN TURBINE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment demonstrates Kaplan turbine characteristics i.e. torque, power and efficiency at different speeds for various heads
and flow rates of water. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The turbine employs adjustable guide vanes and redirects water helically to the runner. Inlet pressure is indicated by a pressure
gauge. Torque is measured by a prony brake with two spring balances. Speed is indicated on a portable tachometer. Flow rate is
measured by the Hydraulics Bench measuring tank. The apparatus has a hose for connection to the Hydraulics Bench.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Construction
Maximum power
Instruments
- Pressure
- Torque
- Speed
: Stainless steel runner with adjustable guide vanes.

: Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window and
runner section.
: 15 W.

Net weight
: Approx. 8.5 kg
W 100913

HB 023P MINI PELTON TURBINE
DESCRIPTION:
This equipment demonstrates Pelton turbine characteristics i.e. torque, power and efficiency at different speeds for various
heads and flow rates of water. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The adjustable turbine nozzle directs water jet to the runner buckets. Nozzle pressure is indicated by a pressure gauge. Torque
is measured by a prony brake with two spring balances. Speed is indicated on a portable tachometer. Flow rate is measured by
the Hydraulics Bench measuring tank. The apparatus has a hose for connection to the Hydraulics Bench.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Construction
Maximum power
Instruments
- Pressure
- Torque
- Speed
: Stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with

transparent window
: 40 W.
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 45 x 70 cm.

Net weight
: Approx. 17 kg.
W 100913

HB 024 OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS
DESCRIPTION:
This equipment provides laminar, transitional, and turbulent flow as predicted by Osborne Reynolds. It is to be used with
It consists of a removable clear acrylic cylinder with an adjustable overflow pipe. Water is admitted at the bottom of the tank
through a diffuser and stilling materials, and is discharged via a bell mouth transparent vertical test pipe with a flow control
valve. Flow rate is measured by a measuring cup. A dye injection system is installed on top of the acrylic cylinder tank and
flow patterns in the pipe can be observed against a white background plate.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Test pipe inside diameter
Length of test pipe
Dye reservoir
Measuring cup
:
:
:
:
:
150 mm
9-11 mm acrylic or 13 mm glass.
Over 700 mm
1 ea.
1 ea.
OPTIONAL
HB 024-020 Water heating unit.
Water viscosity is controlled by its temperature using heater :
Power supply : 220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.

Net weight
: Approx. 10 kg
W 100913

HB 024H OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS, Horizontal Test Pipe
DESCRIPTION:
This equipment provides laminar, transitional, and turbulent flow as predicted by Osborne Reynolds. It is to be used with
It consists of a removable clear acrylic tank which is partitioned in half. Water is admitted at the bottom of one half through a diffuser
and stilling material. The other half of the tank has an adjustable over flow pipe with a discharge at the bottom. Water from the tank is
admitted into a clear horizontal shell inside which is a bell mouth entry with a test pipe. Flow through the test pipe is controlled
by a discharge valve. A dye injection system needle discharges the dye to the bell mouth and flow pattern in the test pipe can be
observed.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Test pipe inside diameter
Length of test pipe
Dye reservoir
Measuring cup
:
:
:
:
:
150 mm
9-11 mm acrylic or 13 mm glass.
Over 700 mm
1 ea.
1 ea.

Net weight
: Approx. 13 kg
W 100913

HB 025 HYDRAULIC RAM PUMP
DESCRIPTION :
The apparatus demonstrates the principle of a ram pump. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
Water from a Hydraulics Bench is supplied to a reservoir with an overflow pipe. Height of the reservoir is adjustable. Water
from the reservoir is supplied to the ram pump which has two valves. One valve allows the water to discharge in adjustable
pulse. When this valve shuts, the pressure wave will push the water in the pump through a non return valve to the delivery
pipe. Water is delivered to a clear graduated cylinder with an adjustable height. A pulse chamber is provided to smoothen the
ram delivery.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pump material
Reservoir
Graduated cylinder
Adjustable supply head
Adjustable delivery head
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel
150 mm diameter tank
1 ea.
up to 1000 mm
up to 2000 mm

Net weight
: Approx. 16 kg
W 100913

HB 026 LAMINAR FLOW APPARATUS
DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to study laminar flow in two dimensions. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench
Two horizontal plates are placed closely together with seals on side edges. The top plate is transparent and has a transparent
grid to help observe stream line patterns. This plate is removable to insert or remove models. The bottom plate has small holes
which are connected by valves to a water supply or source and a drain or sink. Water is admitted through a diffuser at one end
and drained at the other end. Stream lines are produced by regulating a flow of dye from a reservoir through a series of holes at
the upstream end.
The set rests on adjustable screw supports with bulls eye level
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
: 260 mm wide x 360 mm long.
Sink/source
: 5.
.. Dye
reservior
: 1 ea.
Number of streamlines : over 10.
. Models
Circles, rectangles, aerofoils, canal banks

Net weight
: Approx. 15 kg
W 100913

HB 027 MINI FLOW CHANNEL
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment demonstrates primary characteristics of flow in an open channel including flow patterns over or around immersed
objects. It is to be used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
The channel in made of clear acrylic with an undershot weir at inlet and an overshot weir at discharge. Water is admitted to the
channel through a cylinder with a stilling baffle to reduce turbulence. Flow rate can be controlled by a flow control valve of the
Hydraulics Bench. A dye injection system is installed at the channel inlet to observe flow patterns around models.
A grid on a white background is provided for easy observation of the streamlines.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Cylinder diameter
Channel
Models
: 150 mm
: Length 620 mm, depth 180 mm.
: Small cylinder, large cylinder.
narrow crested weir, broad crested weir.
crump weir, symmetrical aerofoil, asymmetrical
aerofoil.
Dye injection system : 5 needles.
Net weight
: Approx. 12 kg
W 100913

HB 029 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to study of a centrifugal pump characteristics at various speed. It is to be used with HB100
The pump with motor is mounted on the Hydraulics Bench which acts as a service module. An advanced inverter controls speed
as well as indicating speed and input power. Pressure gauges are installed at pump suction and discharge. The pump draws water
from the Hydraulics Bench storage tank via a suction hose with a strainer and delivers flow to the Hydraulics Bench measuring
tank.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pump ratings
:
Speed control
:
Pressure gauges
:
Power supply
:
..
..
Maximum flow 80 lpm and maximum head 18 m.

1 kVA advanced inverter.
Suction and discharge.
220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.

Net weight
: Approx. 20 kg
W 100913

HB 029R RECIPROCATING PUMP
DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to study a reciprocating pump characteristics at various speeds. It is to be used with HB 100
Hydraulics Bench. (separately supplied)
The pump and motor is mounted on the Hydraulics Bench which acts as a service module. An advanced inverter controls speed
as well as indicating speed and input power. Pressure gauges and pulse chambers are installed at pump suction and discharge.
The pump draws water from the Hydraulics Bench storage tank via a suction hose with a strainer and delivers flow to the
Hydraulics Bench measuring tank.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Pump ratings
:
.
.. Pressure
Speed control
gauges
. Power supply
:
:
:
Maximum flow rate 15 lpm and maximum head

30 m. water at 300 rpm
1 kVA advanced inverter.
220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.

Net weight
: Approx. 39 kg
W 100913

HB 030 F SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP, Fixed Speed
DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to study head vs flow rate characteristics of two pumps connected in series or parallel. It is to be used
with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
A fixed speed pump is mounted on the Hydraulics Bench which acts as a service module. The Hydraulics Bench pump is used as
a second pump. The two pumps are interconnected and by manipulating flow control valves, the pumps can be operated
individually or both pumps in series or in parallel. Pressure gauges are installed at the pump suction and discharge. The pump
draws water from the Hydraulics Bench storage tank via a suction hose with a strainer and delivers flow to the Hydraulics Bench
measuring tank.
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump ratings
:
Pressure gauges
:
Power supply
:
..
.
Maximum flow 80 lpm and maximum head 18 m water.

220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.

Net weight
: Approx. 18 kg
W 100913

HB 030 M SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP, Multi Speeds
DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to study head vs flow rate characteristics of two pumps connected in series or parallel. It is to be
used with HB100 Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied)
It consists of two identical pumps with 3 different speeds, inter connecting pipings, and control valves. Both pumps are
interconnected and mounted on a support next to the Hydraulic Bench which acts a service module i.e. water supply and
flow measurement. By manipulating flow control valves, the two pumps can be operated individually, or both pumps in
series or in parallel. Pressure gauges are installed at pump suction and discharge. The apparatus is equipped with suction
hoses and strainers and a discharge hose.
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump ratings
: Speeds : 3 different speeds.
Maximum flow : upto 70 lpm
Maximum head : upto 7 m. water
Pressure gauges : 3 ea.
Power supply
: 220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.
.
..

Net weight
: Approx. 35 kg
W 100913

HB 041 CAVITATION PANEL
DESCRIPTION
This apparatus is for demonstrating the liquid vaporization under low pressure due to high flow velocity such as when water
flows through a restriction in a pipe or a water passage.
The test section is a transparent Venturi for vapor observation. Pressure and vacuum gauges are connected to pressure tappings at
the upstream end and throat respectively of the test section. The test section and the gauges are mounted on a panel. The panel
is intended for use with a Hydraulics bench (separately supplied) or an outside water supply with sufficient pressure and flow
rate.
TYPICAL TEST
.. Observation
of cavitation phenomena.
Comparison of theoretical and actual pressures for cavitation.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Gauges
: Pressure 1 ea at inlet.
Vacuum 1 ea at throat.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Gauges
: At outlet.

Net weight
: Approx. 7 kg
W 100913
HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a basic unit which provides water supply and volumetric
measurement services for use in conjunction with accessories
(separately supplied) for specific experiments.
The bench top is molded into a measuring tank and a channel. Water
is admitted at one end of the channel via a female quick coupling for
connection to an accessory which is mounted across the channel.
The accessory discharges water into the open channel which in turn
discharges water into the measuring tank. The tank discharges water
to a main storage tank. Both bench top and storage tank are made of
fiber glass. The measuring tank is stepped to enable accurate
measurement of both high and low flow rates. A level gauge at the
side of the bench measures volume in the measuring tank. A bulls
eye level is provided to indicate the bench is level. The unit in on
a steel frame on wheels.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Pump
.Bench top dimensions
.Open channel section
.Measuring tank
.Main storage tank
.Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
0.37 kW.
126 cm long x 77 cm wide.
25 cm wide x 17 cm deep.
Low flow 10 l, high flow 45 l.
165 l.
220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH

Net weight
: 78 x 126 x 95 cm.
: Approx. 70 kg.
W 040913
HB 100G HYDRAULICS BENCH, Gravimetric

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a basic unit which provides water supply and gravimetric
measurement services for use in conjunction with other
accessories for specific experiments. (separately supplied)
The bench top is flat with a raised edge to hold spilled water
and has a water outlet connection, water discharge tube as well
as drain holes. A measuring tank is hung on a cantilever beam.
An adjustable tare weight and known weights are provided.
When the water in the measuring tank exceeds the set weight,
the beam will tilt and the measuring tank automatically
discharges to the main storage tank. The bench top and storage
tank are made from fiber glass. The bench discharge has a
quick coupling female for connection to accessories. The unit is
on a steel frame on wheels.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Pump
top dimensions
.. Bench
Measuring weight
hanger and equivalent weights
.. Load
Main storage tank
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
0.37 kW.
136 cm long x 77 cm wide
Over 45 kg
1 lot.
165 l

Net weight
: 80 x 136 x 105 cm
: Approx. 117 kg
W 060913
HB 101-013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH CHANNEL
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a plastics open channel with flat top edge for Flow Over A Notch experiment on HB 100G Hydraulics Bench gravimetric or
HB 101 Basic Hydraulics Bench.
The unit is to be placed on top of HB 100G or HB 101. Water is admitted to the channel via a discharge diffuser and passes through a
perforated sheet. Water is discharged over a detachable weir plate to the end section before draining to the storage tank. A hook and
point gauge is placed on the channel top edge for water level measurement. The channel has adjustable footings.
TECHNICAL DATA
Flow section
: 25 cm wide x 17 cm deep.
Plastics weir plates
: Rectangular notch, 60o and 90o V notches.
Stainless steel vernier hook and point gauge : range 0-150 mm
.
.
.

Net weight
: 35 x 100 x 22 cm
: Approx 7.5 kg
W 040913
W 240512
HB 101 BASIC HYDRAULICS BENCH
Photograph with optional equipment
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a simple hydraulics bench which provides water supply and flow measurement for use with accessories for specific
experiments (separately supplied).
The bench consists of a storage tank with a drain pipe and a pump with a flow control valve. Flow measurement is by a water meter.
The bench top is stainless steel with an opening where test accessory discharges water to the storage tank. Water from the pump
passes through a water meter and discharged to the test accessory by a quick coupling.
The unit is on a steel frame on wheels.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Pump
.Bench top dimensions
.Storage tank
.Flow measurement
.Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
0.37 kW.
122 cm. long x 60 cm. wide.
Over 70 l.
Water meter.
Note : All Hydraulics Bench accessories (HBXXX) can be used with HB 101 except HB 029, HB 030 and HB 030M. For HB 013 Flow
Over A Notch test, and extra accessory, a channel (HB 101-013), is also required
Net weight
: 60 x 122 x 95 cm
: Approx 50 kg
W 040913
HB 200 HYDROSTATICS BENCH

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is a self contained unit for the study of basic properties of fluids
in hydrostatic conditions. Water is provided in a storage tank of the bench with
a pump to deliver water for the experiments. Accessories for individual
experiments are placed on the bench panel and can also be stored in the bench
cabinet. The unit is on steel frame on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Measurement of level, pressure, temperature, specific gravity, viscosity,
humidity.
. Demonstration of Pascal ,s law, Archimedes principles, capillary effect,
hydrostatic pressure.
. Determination of metacentric height.
. Calibration of pressure gauge.
TECHNICAL DATA
The equipment on the bench comprises:
Inclined water manometer,
Barometer
Thermometer
Stainless steel vernier hook gauge
Metacentric height.
Capillary attraction plates
Capillary viscometer
Specific gravity bottle
Beaker, graduation cylinder and pipette.
Archimedes apparatus.
Bowl
..
..
..
..
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
U-tube mercury manometer
Surface tension apparatus.
Boyles law apparatus.
..
.
.. Hygrometer.
.. Hydrometer
Hydrostatic pressure.
apparatus.
.. Pascals
Capillary tubes
sphere viscometer
.. Falling
Triple beam balance
weight pressure tester.
.. Dead
Pump and storage tank
Power supply : 220 V, 1Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available
on request.
0-450 mm x 1 mm graduation with a Bourdon gauge.

Net weight
: 73 x 91 x 169 cm
: Approx. 80 kg
W 040913
HB 201 HYDROSTATICS PANEL

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is a bench top unit for the study of basic properties of fluids in hydrostatic conditions. Components are placed on
the panel. The unit can be placed on a suitable bench top and requires outside water supply to be stored in the provided storage
tank.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Measurement of level, pressure, temperature, specific gravity, viscosity, humidity.
. Demonstration of Pascal ,s law, Archimedes principles, capillary effect.
TECHNICAL DATA
The equipment on the panel comprises:
Inclined water manometer.
Barometer
Thermometer
Stainless steel vernier hook gauge
Capillary attraction plates
Capillary viscometer
Beaker, graduated cylinder and pipette.
Archimedes Principle Apparatus.
..
.. Hygrometer.
..
Hydrometer
.
apparatus.
..
.. Pascals
Capillary tubes
sphere viscometer
..
.. Falling
Triple beam balance
apparatus.
.
. Archimedes
Storage tank
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT for demonstration and determination of additional properties.
.. U-tube
mercury manometer
Dead weight pressure tester.
.. Hydrostatic
pressure.
Metacentric height.
.. Surface
tension apparatus.
Boyle s law apparatus.
. Steel cabinet for panel support and accessories storage.
,

Net weight
: 54 x 91 x 80 cm
: Approx. 31 kg
W 040913
HB 210 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is intended to introduce students to basic pressure measuring devices as well as pressure gauge calibration.
The apparatus consists of a mercury and a water manometers, pressure and vacuum gauges, and a small pump for generation of
pressure and vacuum. A dead weight pressure tester is also included. The pump is installed at the back of the panel with ports for
pressure and vacuum measurement. All hose connection is pre arranged such that only valve manipulation is required for vacuum or
pressure control.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS :
Familiarisation with different pressure measuring devices.
Comparison of water and mercury manometers and mercury manometers with Bourdon gauges.
Calibration of Bourdon gauge.
.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Bourdon gauges, 4 in. :: 11 eaea pressure.

vacuum.
.. Inclined
water manometer : 1 ea.
Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
..
.
Note : Due to transport laws, ESSOM cannot supply the mercury. Buyer
must source it locally.
Vacuum / pressure pump : 1 ea.
HB 011 Dead Weight Pressure Tester.
- Stainless steel piston and cylinder.
- Pressure gauge
: 1 ea.
- Maximum pressure
: 2.4 kg/cm2
- Calibration weights
: 1 lot.
Power supply
: 220V, 1 Ph,50 Hz. Other power supply is available on
request.
OPTIONAL :
HP 011A Pressure sensor and indicator, instead of mercury manometer.
HB 011 Dead Weight Pressure Tester

Net weight
: 36 x 70 x 75 cm & HB 011
: Approx. 25 kg
W 040913
FLOW MEASUREMENT AND FLOW STUDY
HF 111 PARTICLE DRAG COEFFICIENTS

Two glass tube columns 100 mm diameter x 1.5 m long with top
guide, bottom valves and back fluorescent lamp. Ball spheres
of different materials, shapes and diameters, stop watch.
HF 112 LIQUID SEDIMENTATION APPARATUS

Five vertical transparent glass tubes with scale
and back light. Sediment rate is observed using
stop watch.
HF 125 PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Small

A self contained set for measuring losses in straight pipes,
bends, fittings and valves. Pump, storage tank and measuring
instruments. Optional accessories.
HF 125A PIPING LOSS APPARATUS, Small

A mobile panel for measuring losses in straight
pipes, bends, fittings and valves for use with a
Hydraulics Bench or outside water supply.
Optional accessories.
HF 125C COMPACT PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Small

A self contained set for measuring losses in straight pipes,
bends, fittings and valves. Pump, storage tank and measuring
instruments. No pressure hose relocation required. Optional
accessories.
HF 135 PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Large

A self contained set for measuring losses in straight
pipes, bends, fittings and valves. Primary flow
measuring devices. Pump, storage tank and
measuring instruments. Optional accessories.
HF 135A PIPING LOSS APPARATUS

A mobile panel for measuring losses in straight pipes,
bends, fittings and valves with primary flow measuring
devices and manometers for use with a Hydraulics Bench
or outside water supply. Optional accessories.
HF 135C COMPACT PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Large

A self contained set for measuring losses in straight
pipes, bends, fittings and valves. Primary flow
measuring devices. Pump, storage tank, measuring
instruments. Optional accessories.
HF 150 PIPE NETWORK APPARATUS

A set of pipes and manifolds for studying flow in pipes
under various network configuration. Quick connection
couplings, manometers and Hydraulics Bench.
HF 160 WATER HAMMER TEST SET

Two flow pipes one with manual closing valve for
pipe surge study and the other with quick closing
valve for a water hammer study. The set is for use
with Hydraulics Bench, pressure sensors, signal
converter and software for data display on computer.
HF 171 CAVITATION TEST SET

A self contained unit. Transparent Venturi tube, pressure
gauges, pump, storage tank and variable area flow meter.
HF 235 FLOW MEASUREMENT TEST SET

A self contained set for flow measurement by Venturi
meter, orifice meter, Pitot tube, variable area flow
meter, water meter, measuring tank and manometer.
Storage tank and pump.
HF 311 GROUND WATER FLOW APPARATUS

Fiber glass tank. Two inlet pipes and two outlet wells.
Manometer, sand and models.
HF 315 PERMEABILITY APPARATUS

Stainless steel tank with glass front, pressure tapping
points and manometers, over flow pipes, complete with
pump, tank, dye injection, end baffles, sand and models.
HF 401 BASIC HYDROLOGY APPARATUS

A stainless steel tank with tilting mechanism. Side
compartments, wells and sprinkler nozzles. Complete with
storage tank, pump, flow meter and calibrated weir and sand.
HF 501 SEDIMENT BED AND FLOW VISUALIZATION TANK

Large working section with sand bed. Head tank, storage tank
with sand trap and adjustable overshot weir, circulating pump,
ripples measuring devices, sand and various accessories.
HF 502 SEDIMENT FLOW CHANNEL

Bench top channel 7.5 cm wide x 15 cm high x 200 cm long ,
0 to +10% tilting with pump, feed tank, storage tank,
accessories and sand.
HF 505 TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, 50 mm wide

Bench top channel 5 cm wide x 15 cm high x 240 cm long,
and -2 to +5% tilting with pump, feed tank, storage tank
and accessories and models, optional adjustable bed.
HF 507 TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, 75 mm. wide

Floor standing channel 7.5 cm. wide x 25 cm. high x 300 cm.
long, and 2 to +5% tilting channel with pump, feed tank,
storage tank, accessories and models.
HF 508 TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, TOP, 75 mm. wide

Bench top channel 7.5 cm wide x 25 cm high x 240
cmlong, -2 to +5% tilting channel with pump, feed tank,
storage tank, accessories and models.

Floor standing channel 10 cm wide x 30 cm high x 400 cm long
2 to +5% tilting, with pump, feed tank, storage tank
accessories and models.
Also available : HF 510A TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, 100 mm.
wide, Adjustable bed.
HF 510A TILTING FLOW CHANNEL,

100 mm. wide, Adjustable bed
10 cm wide x 30 cm high x 400 cm long 2 to +5%
tilting, with pump, feed tank, storage tank accessories
and models. Built in adjustable bed at mid section,
adjustment range 10 cm

15 cm wide x 35 cm high x 600 cm long, and 1 to +3%
tilting channel with pump, feed tank, storage tank,
accessories, and models.
HF 515A TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, 150 mm. wide,

Adjustable bed
Floor standing channel 15 cm wide x 35 cm high x 600 cm
long, and 1 to +3% tilting with pump, feed tank, storage
tank, accessories and models.
Also available : HF 515 TILTING FLOW CHANNEL,
150mm. wide

30 cm wide x 45 cm high x 12 m long, and 1 to +3%
motorized tilting channel with pump, feed tank, storage
tanks, sluice gates, motorized trolley, accessories and
models.

60 cm wide x 75 cm high x 18 m long, -1 to +3%
motorized tilting channel with pump, feed tank,
storage tank, sluice gates, motorized trolley,
HF 566 SEDIMENT FLOW CHANNEL, 600 mm. wide

60 cm wide x 70 cm high x 18 m long, -1 to +3% motorized tilting ;
can be used for study of flow phenomena without sediment or study
of sediment transport and bed form in open channel ; complete with
pump, feed tank, storage tank, sluice gates, motorized trolley, sand,
sediment feeder, sediment trap, accessories and models.
HF 500 FLOW CHANNEL ACCESSORIES AND MODELS

Hook and Point Gauge, Weirs, Dam Spillway, Syphon
Spillway, Energy Discipator, Bridge Pier, Venturi Flume,
Parshall Flume, Sluice Gate, Radial Gate, Pitot Tube,
Current Meter, Lift and Drag Balance and Models,
Roughened Beds, Wave Generator, Absorbing Beach
HF 111 PARTICLE DRAG COEFFICIENTS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is designed to study the drag of a particle in a liquid under various Reynold numbers.
This is done by dropping a particle into a vertical liquid column and timing its fall between two points.
Various sizes and density of particles are supplied including stream lined shaped objects.
A guide at the top of the tube is provided to minimize disturbance to the liquid. Valves at the bottom of
the tubes provide a mean for particle removal with minimum loss of the liquid. A fluorescent tube light at
the back of the liquid tube allows clear observation of the particle fall.
TYPICAL TESTS
..
..
Measurement of drag coefficients of sphere under various Reynold numbers.

Effect of particle shape on rate of fall and drag coefficient.
Effect of boundary layer separation on motion of sphere.
Exploration of dynamic similarity.
TECHNICAL DATA
..Glass
tubes
Ball spheres
..Streamlined
object
Fluorescent lamp
..Stop
watch
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
2 ea.
5 different diameters in steel and plastics.
Stainless steel, 2 ea.
40 W
1 ea
220V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on
request.

Net weight
: 41 x 50 x 172 cm
: Approx. 45 kg
W 040913
HF 112 LIQUID SEDIMENTATION APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is designed to study the settling characteristics and particle sizes of
suspended solid.
Five transparent glass sediment tubes are mounted vertically on a rigid frame. The rear
panel is translucent with back lighting. Scales are provided on the tubes. The tubes can be
removed for washing, filling or mixing of solid particles. Sedimentation rate is observed
using a stopwatch.
TYPICAL TESTS
..
..
.
Settling rate curve.

Effect of particle size distribution.
Effect of suspension height on sedimentation rates.
Effect of concentration on sedimentation rate.
Effect of flocculent.
TECHNICAL DATA
Glass tubes
Stop watch
Beakers
Power supply
..
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
5 ea.
1 ea
3 ea
1 ea
220 V 1 ph. 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.

Net weight
: Approx. 36 kg
W 040913
HF 125 PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Small

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained unit for studying the friction loss in pipes, pipe fittings and valves at various flow rates.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank and a water proof panel on which all friction loss components are arranged.
The loss is measured by differential pressure using manometers. Pressure tapping is by valves with quick connection. All pressure
taps are connected by flexible hoses to a set of specially arranged manifolds such that differential pressure across any component can
be measured simply by opening valves without removing the hoses. The unit is on a steel frame on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Friction losses in straight pipes at various flow rates.
. Friction losses in pipe fittings, valves, sudden expansion and
contraction at various flow rates.
Photograph includes optional equipment
TECHNICAL DATA
Friction loss components
- Linear pipes, PVC
: 3 different diameters.
- Short radius bends, regular elbow, 45o elbows
- Valves
: Gate, globe, ball, and check
- Other components
: Tee section, sudden expansion and sudden contraction.
Measuring Instruments
- Water meter and a stop watch.
- Water manometer with a hand air pump
: 1 ea.
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
Power supply
: 220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.. Variable
area flow meter to facilitate the experiments.
Polyethylene, Polybutylene, or ABS pipe
.. Galvanized
steel pipe
Artificially roughened pipe
.. Annular
pipe
Differential pressure sensor and indicator instead of mercury manometer.
. HF 135-050
Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software for
.
.
data display and analysis by computer

HF 135S Learning software for HF125 and HF135 consisting of
equipment description, relavant theory, experiment procedures, sample
data, and calculations by manual data entry.
Flow sensor and indicator.

Net weight
: 105 x 245 x 160 cm

: Approx. 135 kg
W 040913
HF 125A PIPING LOSS APPARATUS, Small
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a comprehensive unit for studying the
friction losses in pipes, pipe fittings and valves at
various flow rates.
All friction loss components are arranged on a water
proof panel which is attached to a floor standing
steel frame. The apparatus is intended to be used
with a Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied) or an
outside water supply.
The loss is measured by differential pressure using
manometers. Pressure tapping is by valves with
quick connection. All pressure taps are connected
by flexible hoses to a set of specially arranged
manifolds such that differential pressure across any
component can be measured simply by opening
valves without removing the hoses.
The unit is on a steel frame with adjustable footings.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Friction
losses in straight pipes at various flow rates.
Friction losses in pipe fittings, valves, sudden expansion and contraction at various flow rates.
DATA
.TECHNICAL
Friction loss components :
- Linear pipes, PVC
- Short radius bends, regular elbow, 45o elbows
- Valves
- Other components
Measuring instruments
- Water manometer with a hand air pump
: 1 ea.
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
EQUIPMENT
..OPTIONAL
Hydraulics Bench.
area flow meter to facilitate the experiments.
.. Variable
steel pipe
.. Galvanized
Annular pipe
.. Differential
pressure gauge instead of mercury manometer.
HF 135S Learning software for HF125 and HF135 consisting of equipment description, relavant theory, experiment procedures,
sample data, and calculations by manual data entry.

Net weight
: 35 x 245 x 105 cm
: Approx. 90 kg
W 040913
HF 125C COMPACT PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Small

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top self contained water
circulating unit for studying the friction losses in
pipes, pipe fittings and valves at various flow
rates.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank and a
water proof panel on which all friction loss
components are arranged. Water tank and pump
are behind the panel. The loss is measured by
differential pressure using manometers. Pressure
tapping is by valves with quick connection. All
pressure taps are connected by flexible hoses to a
set of specially arranged manifolds such that
differential pressure across any component can be
measured simply by opening valves without
removing the hoses.
The unit is on a steel frame with adjustable
footings.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Friction
TECHNICAL DATA
Friction loss components
- Linear pipes, PVC
- Short radius bends, regular elbow, 45o elbows.
- Valves
- Other components
- Water manometer with a hand air pump : 1 ea.
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
Power supply
.
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Variable area flowmeter to facilitate the experiments.
Galvanized steel pipe
Annular pipe
HF 135-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer
..
..
..
.
.
.

Net weight
: Approx. 135 kg
W 040913
HF 135 PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Large

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained water circulating unit for studying the
friction losses in pipes, pipe fittings, and valves ; and to determine
coefficients of discharge for primary flow measuring devices at
various flow rates.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank and a water proof
panel on which all friction loss components and the flow
measuring devices are arranged.
Friction loss is measured by a pressure drop and coefficient of
discharge is determined from a pressure drop and a flow rate.
Flow rate is obtained from a water meter and a stop watch. The
pressure drop is measured by differential pressure using
manometers. Pressure tapping is by small ball valves with quick
connection. All pressure taps are connected by flexible hoses to a
set of specially arranged manifolds such that differential pressure
across any component can be measured simply by opening valves
without removing the hoses. The unit is on stainless steel frame on
wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Friction
. Friction losses in primary flow measuring devices and comparison of coefficients of discharge at various flow rates.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Primary
flow measuring devices made from clear plastics :
- Venturi meter, orifice meter, Pitot tube.
. Friction
loss components :
- Linear pipes, PVC
.
.
- Linear pipe, stainless steel

: 1/4 in
- Valves
- Short radius bends
: 2 ea
- Long radius bends
: 2 ea
- Regular elbow
: 1 ea
- 45o elbows
: 2 ea
- 45o Y
: 1 ea
- Other components
: Tee section, inline strainer, sudden expansion and sudden contraction
- Water meter
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Variable area flow meter upto 75 lpm to facilitate the experiments.
ISA nozzle.
Polyethylene, Polybutylene, or ABS pipe 1/2 in
Galvanized steel pipe 1/2 in
Artificially roughened pipe 1/2 in
Annular pipe ; 3/4 in
Differential pressure sensor and indicator 0-1000 cm. water instead of mercury
manometer.
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software
for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied)
HF 135S Learning software for HF125 and HF135 consisting of equipment
description, relavant theory, experiment procedures, sample data, and calculations
by manual data entry.
HP 010 Flow sensor and indicator.
Other pipes and fittings can be supplied on request.
..
..
..
.
.
.
..

Net weight
: 105 x 245 x 105 cm

: Approx. 160 kg
Tel. +66 2476 0034 Fax. +66 2476 1500 E-mail : essom@essom.com, http://www.essom.com
W 040913
HF 135 A PIPING LOSS APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a comprehensive unit for studying the friction losses in
pipes, pipe fittings, and valves ; and to determine coefficients of
discharge for primary flow measuring devices at various flow
rates.
All friction loss components and the flow measuring devices are
arranged on a water proof panel which is attached to a floor
standing steel frame. The apparatus is intended to be used with a
Hydraulic Bench (separately supplied) or an outside water supply.
Friction loss is measured by a pressure drop and coefficient of
discharge is determined from a pressure drop and a flow rate. Flow
rate is obtained from a water meter and a stop watch. The pressure
drop is measured by differential pressure using manometers.
Pressure tapping in by valves with quick connection. All pressure
taps are connected by flexible hoses to a set of specially arranged
manifolds such that differential pressure across any component can
be measured simply by opening valves without removing the
hoses.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Friction
. Friction losses in primary flow measuring devices and comparison of coefficients of discharge at various flow rates.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Primary
flow measuring devices made from clear plastics :
. Friction
loss components:
- Linear pipes, PVC
.

: 1/4 in
- Valves
- Short radius bends, long radius bends, regular elbow, 45o elbows, 45o y.
- Other components
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Hydraulics Bench
Variable area flow meter to facilitate the experiments.
ISA nozzle
Annular pipe
..
..
..
..
.

Net weight
: 35 x 245 x 105 cm
: Approx. 99 kg
W 040913
HF 135C COMPACT PIPING LOSS TEST SET, Large

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top self contained water circulating unit for studying the friction losses in pipes, pipe fittings, and valves ; and to
determine coefficients of discharge for primary flow measuring devices at various flow rates.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank and a water proof panel on which all friction loss components and the flow measuring
devices are arranged. Water tank and pump are behind the panel.
Friction loss is measured by a pressure drop and coefficient of discharge is determined from a pressure drop and a flow rate. Flow
rate is obtained from a water meter and a stop watch. The loss is measured by differential pressure using manometers. Pressure
tapping is by valves with quick connection. All pressure taps are connected by flexible hoses to a set of specially arranged manifolds
such that differential pressure across any component can be measured simply by opening valves without removing the hoses.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Friction losses in straight pipes at various flow rates.
. Friction losses in pipe fittings, valves, sudden
expansion and contraction at various flow rates.
. Friction losses in primary flow measuring devices and
comparison of coefficients of discharge at various
flow rates.
TECHNICAL DATA
Primary flow measuring devices from clear plastics:
Friction loss components:
- Linear pipes, PVC
: 1/4 in
- Valves
- Short radius bends, long radius bends, regular elbow, 45o elbows, 45o y.
- Other components
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
Power supply
.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Variable area flow meter to facilitate the experiments.
ISA nozzle.
Annular pipe
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software
HF 135S Learning software for HF125 and HF135 consisting of equipment
description, relavant theory, experiment procedures, sample data, and calculations
by manual data entry.
..
..
..
..
.
.

Net weight
: 61 x 245 x 110 cm
: Approx. 145 kg
W 040913
HF 150 PIPE NETWORK APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed to measure the flows and pressure
drops in a wide range of pipe network configuration e.g.
individual pipes, series pipes, parallel pipes, doubling pipes,
and ring main.
Supply of water and measurement of flow is by a Hydraulics
Bench (separately supplied). Pressure drops is measured by
manometers. Fittings connection is by screwed coupling with
O rings. Pressure tapping is by small ball valves with quick
connection. The apparatus and accessories are attached on a
panel to the Hydraulics Bench.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Head loss vs discharge for system components.
. Characteristics of various pipe networks e.g., series pipes,
parallel pipes, and other combinations.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Test pipes, stainless steel :
- 5 pipes in 4 different diameters.
Fittings for various pipe configuration.
Differential pressure measurement:
- Mercury manometer
: 1 ea.
Hydraulics Bench.: (for flow measurement)
- Stepped fiber glass measuring tank for 10 and 45 l
- Storage tank. 165 l
- Power supply
.
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software for data display data and analysis by computer (separately
supplied)
..
.

Net weight
: 86 x 150 x 110 cm
: Approx. 175 kg
W 040913
HF 160 WATER HAMMER APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus is used to study the effects of both pipe surge and water hammer using two separate straight pipes with a
constant head tank.
Pipe surge employs a clear acrylic surge shaft to demonstrate gradual velocity change, hence pressure rise and its oscillations
by slow valve closing. Water hammer employs a quick closing valve and two pressure sensors-one next to the valve and
another further away. Sudden rise in pressure on quick closing valve can be demonstrated on a computer (separately
supplied). A Hydraulics Bench (separately supplied) with a measuring tank, a storage tank and a pump is used for both water
supply and flow rate, hence velocity, measurement.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Pipe
surge and oscillations in surge shaft.
Friction loss between head tank and surge shaft.
. values.
Pressure profiles for water hammer and comparison with theoretical
. Determination of the velocity of sound through a fluid in a pipe.
Pressure Waves
TECHNICAL DATA
Constant head tank
Delivery pipes :
- Water surge
..
..
.
: 1 ea.
: Stainless steel pipe, and clear acrylic surge shaft, with a slow closing valve, and a flow
control valve.
- Water hammer
: Stainless steel pipe, with a quick closing valve.
Pressure sensors
: 2 ea on water hammer pipe
Computer interface unit and software for data display of pressure waves on computer (separately supplied).
Power supply
Net Dimensions WxLxH
Net Weight
: 50 x 375 x 110 cm
: Approx. 190 kg
W 040913
HF 171 CAVITATION TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top self-contained unit for demonstrating the liquid vaporization under low pressure due to high flow velocity such as
when water flows through a restriction in a pipe or a water passage.
The test section is a transparent Venturi for vapor observation. Pressure and vacuum gauges are connected to pressure tappings at the upstream end and throat respectively of the test section. The test section and the gauges are mounted on a panel. Water for the test section
is supplied from a pump with a storage tank behind the panel. Flow is indicated on a flow meter with a control valve.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Observation of cavitation phenomena
. Comparison of theoretical and actual pressures for cavitation.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Gauges
: Pressure and vacuum at inlet and throat.
. Flow meter
: Rotameter upto 35 lpm.
. Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Gauge
: 0-1 kg/cm2 at outlet

Net weight
: 45 x 77 x 67 cm
: Approx. 35 kg
W 040913
HF 235 FLOW MEASUREMENT TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top self contained water circulating unit for
studying the various flow measuring instruments including
primary flow measuring devices.
The flow measuring instruments are connected in series and all
except the measuring tank are arranged on a water proof panel.
Measurement of flow by a primary flow measuring devices is by
coefficient of discharge which is determined from a pressure
drop across the device and a flow rate. Flow rate is obtained
from a water meter reading and a stop watch. The pressure drop
is measured by deferential pressure using manometers. Pressure
tapping is by valves with quick connection. Water tanks are
behind the panel. Flow rate is varied by a flow control valve.
TYPICAL TESTS
. flow
Comparison of differential pressure at various flow rates for Venturi meter, orifice meter, Pitot tube, and variable area
meter.
. Determination
of coefficients of discharge for Venturi meter, orifice meter and Pitot tube and compare the flow rates
with those from water meter, variable area flow meter and measuring tank.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Primary
flow measuring devices, clear plastics :
Venturi meter, orifice meter, pitot tube.
. -Other
flow measuring devices :
Water meter and a stop watch, rotameter, measuring tank.
.. Differential
pressure measurement : Water manometer, 8 tubes
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
(separately supplied).

Net weight
: 60 x 130 x 105 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 040913
HF 311 GROUND WATER FLOW APPARATUS
GENERAL DCRIPTION
This apparatus is for studying the hydrological principles of ground water flow and application of the flow to certain
engineering constructions.
The apparatus consists of a square stainless steel sand tank supported on epoxy painted steel frame. Two horizontal water inlet
pipe defusers are installed at both ends of the sand tank. Two vertical outlet wells are installed next but interior to the inlet
defusers. Both inlet and outlet are controlled by valves to produce various water flow tables and flow rates.
Nineteen tappings with special filter at the base of the tank arranged in orthogonal axes are connected to a manometer at the
side of the tank to indicate ground water levels. Outside water supply in required.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Hydraulic profile between inlet and outlet.

.. Profile
with one outlet.
Profile with two outlets.
. Profile with concentric cove.
. Profile with square ditch.
TECHNICAL DATA
dimensions approximately
.. Tank
Inlet pipes and outlet wells
.. Manometer
Models
:
:
:
:
1000 cm long x 50 cm wide x 32 cm deep.

2 ea.
19 tubes.
Small square, large square, concentric cove.

Net weight
: 85 x 100 x 90 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
W 180913
HF 315 PERMEABILITY APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is a self contained unit for a studying the water
flow through a permeable media.
It consists of a rectangular open top tank mounted on a steel
frame. The front panel is of clear tempered glass to allow
observation of flow pattern through permeable media. Other
walls and bottom are stainless steel. The rear panel has
pressure tappings with filters. The tappings are connected to a
manometer bank for measurement of head distribution.
Two adjustable overflows near each end of the tank are
provided to maintain different constant water levels.
A storage tank and a pump provide a recirculatory water
system.
The permeable media is contained in the tank by two
removable stainless steel mesh baffles-one on each side. Plate
with seals is provided to simulate sheet piling and dams. A
dye injection system allows visualization of the flow line.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
under a sheet pile
Seepage through an earth embankments.
.. Uplift
pressure on structures.
Determination of flow nets in permeable media.
TECHNCAL DATA
.. Pressure
Tank inside dimensions
tapping points
. Accessories
:
.
.
: 1500 mm long x 100 mm wide x 590 mm high.

: 14
- End baffles and curved baffle.

- Dye injection system
: 1 ea. dye reservoir with a valve, flexible tube and a tube with needles.
- Manometer
: 14 tubes.
Models :
- Sheet pile
: 1 ea.
- Stand pipes
: 1 set on horizontal base plate.
: 1 set vertical wall.
Power supply
: 220 V. 1 Ph., 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.

Net weight
: 67 x 175 x 145 cm
: Approx. 210 kg
W 040913
HF 401 BASIC HYDROLOGY APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is a self contained unit for studying basic
hydrology.
It consists of a large stainless steel rectangular tank with
adjustable tilting mechanism. The tank is filled with a granular
medium. Two separate sets of four spray nozzles above the tank
simulate rain fall on the catchments. The tank upper walls are
transparent. Valve control of the nozzles varies the lag time on
the hydrograph to simulate a moving storm.
The compartments at each end of the tank are connected to the
catchment area by wire mesh to allow flow between the
compartment and the catchment. Two wells with valve control
are also provided at the middle of the tank. Twenty pressure
tappings along the orthogonal axes of the tank to measure water
table profile by a manometer bank.
A metal frame supports the tank and houses a storage tank. Water is drawn from the storage tank by a pump and separately supplied
to the overhead nozzles and/or the two end compartments via a flow meter and pipings with valve control. Run-off from the
catchment is measured by a calibrated rectangular weir or returns directly to the storage tank.
TYPICAL TESTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Investigation of rainfall/runoff relationships for dry, saturated and impermeable catchments of various
slopes for surface runoff.
Effect of interflow on outflow hydrograph
Simulation of multiple and moving storms.
Cone of depression for single well and interaction of cones of depression for two adjacent wells.
De-watering of excavation sites by use of wells.
Flow from a well in a confined aquifer.
Demonstration of watersheds for a simulated island with rainfall and well flows.
Sediment transport and meanders in simulated rivers.
TECHNICAL DATA
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tank
: Stainless steel 100 cm wide x 200 cm long x 20 cm high.
Inclination
: 0-3%
End compartments
: 2 ea with stainless steel mesh partition.
Wells
: 2 ea with stainless steel mesh sleeve.
Spray nozzles
: 8 nozzles with separate shutoff valves.
Flow measurement
Rain water
: Variable area flow meter.
Run off
: Calibrated weir.
Manometer
: 20 tubes.
Upper walls
: Clear acrylic.
Accessories
:
Rectangular ring, circular ring, confined equifer, cylindrical pier.
Power supply

Net weight
: 112 x 230 x 180 cm

: Approx. 250 kg
W 040913
HF 501 MOBILE BED AND FLOW VISUALIZATION TANK

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is a self contained unit designed to study the mobile bed formation and two dimensional flow observation
The tank is made of stainless steel and consists of five sections.
Head tank with perforated plate to minimize turbulence and smoothen the flow.
The working section containing sand is for study of the mobile bed formation and to observe two
dimensional flow patterns. Wire mesh is provided to contain the sand. Plastics plates are used
when two dimensional flow is to be observed.
The storage tank collects discharge from the working section and acts as a reservoir. An adjustable
overshot weir is provided to control the water level in the working section. The tank also has a sand
trap to collect the over-spilled sand.
A pump to draw water from the storage tank and deliver it to the head tank.
A water meter, and a flow control valve are also supplied.
An instrument carriage traveling on stainless steel tube rails attached to the edges of the working
section are designed such that the carriage can travel length wise and crosswise over the working
section. A stainless steel vernier hook and point gauge is attached to the carriage to measure the sand profile
level.
..
.
.
.
The first three sections are joined together by flanges and the pump unit is connected to the system by flexible hoses.
Various models are supplied to simulate different flow obstructions and diversions. An aluminium dust or equal is supplied
for two dimensional flow observations.
TYPICAL TEST
.. Sand
bed formation under various flow rates.
Erosion of sand bed around piers or branch
. canal.
Two dimensional flow pattern around pier and
branch canal.
TECHNICAL DATA
Head tank
: Stainless steel.
Working section
: Stainless steel, 610 mm wide, 2000 mm long, and 150 mm high.
Sand bed
: 60 mm high.
Storage tank
: Stainless steel with adjustable overshot weir.
Instrument carriage with two direction rails
Hook and point gauge
: 150 mm.
Flow measurement
: Water meter and a stop watch.
Accessories
- Acrylic plates
- Bridge piers :
Rectangular, rounded ends
profiled ends, cylindricals
- Aerofoil
Symmetrical, asymmetrical
- Sections for flow direction
Channels, tees, angles, bell month entries
- Aluminum dust or equal : 1 bottle.
Power supply
: 220 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz.
Other power supply is available on request.
..
..
.
..
.

Net weight
: 75 x 395 x 100 cm
: Approx. 450 kg
W 040913
HF 502 SEDIMENT FLOW CHANNEL, 75 mm. wide

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top open channel for studying bed forms with change in flow and slope as well as flow phenomena
without sediment.
The channel is of a rectangular cross-section supported by steel frame. The channel sides are made of clear acrylic with tilting
controlled by a manual screw jack. A stainless steel head tank with a stilling baffle provides a smooth flow.
The water is discharged from the channel via a built in rectangular weir via a stainless steel end tank and returns to the storage tank.
A fine strainer is provided in the storage tank to trap the sand sediment.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Fixed
smooth bed flow.
Flow over mobile sand bed.
. Flow structures.
.. Local
scour.
Mechanics of sediment transport.
. Bed form hysteresis.
.. Depositionary
features and fancies.
Computational work.
. Flow over fixed gravel bed.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
.. Channel
bed
Side walls
. Sediment
.. Power
Flow measurement
supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
75 mm wide x 15 cm high x 1.5 m long.

0 to + 10 %.
Stainless steel.
Clear acrylic with clear vertical scale.
Fine grade sand.
Water meter and a stop watch.
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
.. Sharp
crested weir.
Adjustable undershot weir.
. Bridge pier.
. Stainless steel hook and point gauge, 0-150 m x 0.05 mm reading.
Net (unpacked) Shipping Dimensions WxLxH
Net Weight
: 55 x 275 x 80 cm
: Approx. 92 kg
W 040913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed to study flow visualization. It is to be used with optional accessories and models
below.
The channel is of rectangular cross section supported by a steel frame. Side walls are transparent to allow full visual
observation. Tilting can be adjusted by a manual screw jack. A stainless steel head tank with a stilling baffle provides a smooth
flow and water is returned to the storage tank via stainless steel end tank.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Open
channel flow.
Flow measurement.
.. Hydraulic
jump.
Continuity and energy equations.
. Discharge under sluice gate.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
.. Side
walls
Channel bed
.. Flow
measurement
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
50 mm wide, 150 mm high and 2.0 m long.

-2 % to + 5 %.
Stainless steel.
220 V 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND MODELS
. Adjustable
Bed
Bed adjustment mechanism must be made during channel fabrication only.
.. Stainless
steel hook and point gauge, 150 mm x 0.05 mm reading.
Weir : V-notch weir, rectangular notch, sharp crested, broad crested, crump weir.
.. Venturi
flume.
Sluice gate.
.. Cylindrical
gate.
Pitot tube with manometer.
. Roughened bed, gravel or sand.
Net weight
: 55 x 275 x 80 cm
: Approx. 100 kg
W 040913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed for studying flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional accessories and
models below.
flow and water is returned to the storage tank via a stainless steel end tank.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
. equations.
Continuity and energy
. gate.
Discharge under sluice
TECHNICAL DATA
..Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
..Side
walls
Channel bed
..Flow
measurement
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
75 mm wide, 250 mm high and 3.0 m long or as requested.

-2 % to + 5 %.
Stainless steel.
220 V 1 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.

Adjustable Bed
Bed adjustment mechanism must be made during channel fabrication only.
Measuring tank and a stop watch.
Stainless steel hook and point gauge 300 mm with 0.05 mm reading.
V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round edge or sharp edge),
crump weir, trapezoidal weir.
Ogee weir with both upstream and downstream pressure tappings and manometer board.
Dam spillway with different interchangeable downstream sections :
- Toe, ski jump, piers and pegs , gravel box, or stop logs.
Syphon spillway.
Bridge pier, round or square
Culvert fittings, round or square edge.
Venturi flume.
Sluice gate.
Radial gate.
Pitot tube with manometer board.
Current meter : digital or analog indicator.
Roughened bed, gravel, sand, or corrugated.
Wave generator with variable speed geared motor.
.
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..

Net Weight
: 60 x 390 x 140 cm
: Approx. 220 kg
W 040913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top, self contained open channel designed for studying flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional
accessories and models below.
flow and water is returned to the storage tank via a stainless steel end tank.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
. equations.
Continuity and energy
. gate.
Discharge under sluice
TECHNICAL DATA
..Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
..Side
walls
Channel bed
..Flow
measurement
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
75 mm wide, 250 mm high and 2.5 m long.

-2 % to + 5 %.
Stainless steel.
..Measuring
tank and a stop watch.
Stainless steel hook and point gauge 300 mm with 0.05 mm reading.
.crump
V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round edge or sharp edge),
weir, trapezoidal weir.
..Ogee
weir with both upstream and downstream pressure tappings and manometer board.
..Syphon
spillway.
Bridge pier, round or square
..Culvert
fittings, round or square edge.
Venturi flume.
..Sluice
gate.
Radial gate.
..Pitot
tube with manometer board.
..Roughened
bed, gravel, sand, or corrugated.
Net Weight
: 60 x 340 x 90 cm
: Approx. 150 kg
W 040913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed for studying flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional accessories and
models below.
The channel is of rectangular cross section supported by rectangular steel frame. Side walls are transparent to allow full visual
observation and are supported by adjustable steel brackets to ensure accurate wall alignment. Tilting can be adjusted by a
manual screw jack. A head tank with a stilling baffle provides a smooth flow and water is returned to the storage tank via an end
tank. Models are attached to the top edges or bed of the flume by screws. Screw holes at the bed can also be used for pressure
tapping to measure pressure loss along the channel length.
TYPICAL TESTS
Open channel flow.
Flow measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
Discharge under sluice gate.
Critical depth and its influences on upstream water levels.
..
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
.. Side
walls
Channel bed
.. Head
tank
End tank
.. Sluice
gate
Flow measurement
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
100 mm wide, 300 mm high and 4 m long or as required.

-2% to + 5%.
Clear acrylic tempered glass with clear vertical scale.
Stainless steel.
Stainless steel
Stainless steel.
Stainless steel, built in at downstream end of the channel.
220V 1 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.

Stainless steel hook and point gauge 300 mm x 0.05 mm reading.
Weirs : V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round edge or sharp edge),
Syphon spillway.
Bridge pier, round or square.
Culvert fittings: round or square , horizontal or drop inlet with or without entrance flare.
Vibration pile.
Venturi flume.
Sluice gate.
Radial gate.
Absorbing beach, plain, roughened, or permeable.
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..

Net weight
: 80 x 500 x 150 cm
: Approx. 440 kg
W 040913
HF 510A TILTING FLOW CHANNEL,100 mm. wide, Adjustable bed.
INTRODUCTION
The settlement of river water sediments over a long period of time results is a shallow river bed. Occasional dredging may
be required to deepen the river bed for navigation purpose. The adjustable bed flow channel allows a study of flow under the
simulated shallow and deepened river bed.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed for studying flow phenomena with a change in bed slope. It is to be used with
optional accessories and models below.
The channel is of rectangular cross section supported by a rectangular steel frame. Side walls are transparent to allow full visual
manual screw jack. The middle section of the bed can be adjusted manually upward or downward by a screw. A head tank with a
stilling baffle provides smooth flow and water is returned to the storage tank via an end tank. Models are attached to the top
edges or bed of the flume by screws. Screw holes at the bed can also be used for pressure tapping to measure pressure loss along
the channel length.
TYPICAL TESTS
Open channel flow.
Flow measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
Critical depth and its influences on upstream water levels.
..
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
.. Side
walls
Channel bed
.. Bed
adjustment
Head tank
.. End
tank
Sluice gate
.. Flow
measurement
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

-2% to + 5%.
Clear acrylic tempered glass with clear vertical scale.
Stainless steel.
Upward and downward.
Stainless steel
Stainless steel.

Weirs : V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, round edge or sharp edge,
Syphon spillway.
Culvert fittings: round or square , horizontal or drop inlet with or without entrance flare.
Vibration pile.
Venturi flume.
Sluice gate.
Radial gate.
Pitot tube with manometer board for measurement of flow velocity at various channel sections.
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..

Net weight
: 80 x 500 x 150 cm
: Approx. 440 kg
W 040913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed for studying a flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional accessories and
models below.
The channel is of rectangular cross section supported by rectangular steel frame. Side walls are transparent to allow full
manual screw jack. A head tank with a stilling baffle provides a smooth flow and water is returned to the storage tank via an end
tank. Models are attached to the top edges or bed of the flume by screws. Screw holes at the bed can also be used for pressure
tapping to measure pressure loss along the channel length.
TYPICAL TESTS
Open channel flow.
Flow measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
size
Tilting adjustment
.. Side
walls
Channel bed
.. Head
tank
End tank
.. Sluice
gate
Flow measurement
. Power supply
: 150 mm wide, 350 mm high and 6 m long or as required.

: -1 % to + 3 %.
: Clear acrylic or tempered glass with clear vertical scale.
: Stainless Steel.
: Stainless steel
: Stainless steel
: Stainless steel, built in at downstream end of the channel.
: 220V 1Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
..Measuring
tank and a stop watch.
.Weirs : V-notch
weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round edge or sharp edge),
..Ogee
..Syphon
spillway.
..Culvert
fittings: round or square, horizontal or drop-inlet with or without entrance flare.
Vibration pile.
..Venturi
flume.
Sluice gate.
..Radial
gate.
..Current
meter : digital or analog indicator.
..Wave
generator.
Motorized tilting.
..Absorbing
beach, plain, roughened, or permeable.
Net weight
: 100 x 700 x 160 cm

: Approx. 620 kg
W 040913
HF 515A TILTING FLOW CHANNEL, 150 mm wide, Adjustable bed.
INTRODUCTION
The settlement of river water sediments over a long period of time results is a shallow river bed. Occasional dredging may be
required to deepen the river bed for navigation purpose. The adjustable bed flow channel allows a study of flow under the
simulated shallow and deepened river bed.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained open channel designed for studying flow phenomena with change in bed slope. It is to be used with
The channel is of rectangular cross section supported by rectangular steel frame. Side walls are transparent to allow full
manual screw jack. The middle section of the bed can be adjusted manually upward or downward by a screw. A head tank with
a stilling baffle provides a smooth flow and water is returned to the storage tank via an end tank. Models are attached to the top
edges or bed of the flume by screws. Screw holes at the bed can also be used for pressure tapping to measure pressure loss
along the channel length.
TYPICAL TESTS
Open channel flow.
Flow measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Channel size
Tilting adjustment
Side walls
Channel bed
Bed adjustment
Head tank
End tank
Sluice gate
Flow measurement
Power supply
..
..
..
..
..
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

-1 % to + 3 %.
Clear acrylic or tempered glass with clear vertical scale.
Stainless Steel.
Upward and downward.
Stainless steel.
Stainless steel.
220V 1Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.

Weirs : V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round edge or sharp edge),
Syphon spillway.
Culvert fittings: round or square, horizontal or drop-inlet with or without entrance flare.
Vibration pile.
Venturi flume.
Sluice gate.
Radial gate.
Wave generator.
Motorized tilting.
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..

Net weight
: 100 x 700 x 160 cm

: Approx. 620 kg
W 040913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The channel is designed for studying the hydraulic flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional accessories and models below.
Under Frame
The channel bed is an invert which rests on a beam under frame. The invert has screws at interval for vertical and side adjustment of
the invert to ensure that the channel bed is strictly straight and level though out the full length. The length of the beam is about 6 m.
Each section is shipped with glass side walls. This simplifies site installation as there is only one joint and is easier to ensure
alignment of the channel. The beam is supported by a fulcrum at one end and an adjustable height support at the other end.
Slope Adjustment
The adjustable height support uses twin screws. Each screw is driven by a gear box with a common motor. A slope scale is provided
at one end of the flume.
Channel Bed
The channel bed is made of stainless steel with screw holes of equal distance along the channel length to hold accessories or models
to the channel bed. These holes can also be used for pressure tapping to measure pressure loss along the channel length.
Side Walls
For safety reasons, the side walls are made of tempered glass or clear acrylic. The walls are supported at interval by brackets with
screw adjustment to ensure that the channel wall is straight and vertical.
Instrument Carriage
Top rails made of stainless steel tubes are attached to the top angle on each wall of the channel. Screws supporting the rails can be
adjusted to ensure uniform height and in a straight line. A scale graduated in mm. is attached along the full length of one top angle of
the walls. The instrument carriage is motorized. Power outlet is available on the carriage.
Head Tank
The head tank is made of stainless steel and its sides and bottom are curved to ensure smooth flow into the channel. Perforated plates
are also provided in the head tank to further smoothen the flow.
Storage Tank
Fiber glass storage tanks are provided at down stream end of the channel.
Model Installation
A mobile ladder is used. In the case of small fiber glass tanks are used, the top covers of the tanks are used as a walkway and model
installation.
Circulating Pump
The pump seal is mechanical. A geared butterfly valves is provided for accurate flow control.
Flow measurement
A paddle wheel type flow sensor with two indicators, front and rear of the channel, is used for easy observation on flow adjustment.
A water meter is available as an option and may be used as a reference for flow indicator setting later.
Model and Accessories
All accessories and models have side seals to ensure no water seapage or leakage through the sides of the models. A wide variety of
models and accessories are available as option.
W 040913
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS. (With Optional Models and Accessories.)

Flow measurement.
... Hydraulic
jump.
Analysis of model structures.
.. Gauging
structures.
Velocity profile.
.. Continuity
and energy equations.
Similarity laws.
.. Roughened
bed characteristics.
Surge propagation.
TECHNICAL DATA
Flume dimensions
Tilting adjustment
Side walls
Channel bed
Instrument trolley
Sluice gates
Flow measurement
Power supply
..
..
..
..
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
300 mm wide, 450 mm high and 12 m long.

-1% to +3%.
Tempered glass or clear acrylic.
stainless steel.
Motorized.
Stainless steel, built-in at both ends of flume.
Flow sensor and indicators.
..Small
fiber glass tanks connected in series along one side of the channel with checkered plate lid as walk way.
Flow measuring tank. The graduated tank is on a steel frame on wheels with a trough to take up water from the flume and
pump to return water to the storage tank.
..aWater
meter.
Stainless steel hook and point gauge.
.Weirs : crump
V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round or sharp edge),
weir, trapezoidal weir.
..Ogee
Toe, ski jump, piers and pegs , gravel box, or stop logs.
..USBR
type 2,3 or 4 energy discipator.
Syphon spillway.
..Bridge
pier, round or square edge.
Culvert fittings, round or square , horizontal or drop inlet with or without entrance flare. Tube is made from clear acrylic.
..Vibration
pile.
Venturi flume.
..Parshall
flume.
Submerged orifice fitted on a weir.
..Trapezoidal
flume.
Sluice gate.
..Radial
gate.
..Current
meter : digital or analog indicator.
Lift and drag balance and models, large and small cylinders and an aerofoil section.
..Roughened
Sediment transport study system (for large steel storage tank only)
..Wave
generator with variable speed geared motor.
..End
tank, stainless steel, at down stream end of flume for used with HF530-093.
Fiberglass storage tanks with stainless steel checker plate covers as walkway instead of stainless steel tank with
a mobile ladder.
W 040913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The channel is designed for studying the hydraulic flow phenomena. It is to be used with optional accessories and models.
Under Frame
The channel bed rests on twin beam under frame which ensures static loading deflections are kept to a minimum. The length of the I-beam is
about 6 m Each section is shipped with glass side walls. This simplifies site installation as there are only two joints and is easier to ensure
straight side walls throughout the length. To ensure minimum deflection, the beam base frame of 18 m. is supported by a fulcrum at the
middle and adjustable height supports of both upstream and downstream ends. The number of supports is more for 30m channel length.
Slope Adjustment
Each adjustable height support uses twin screws and with a system of worm and wheel gear boxes and miter gears which are intern driven by
a motor. A slope scale is provided at one end of the flume.
Channel Bed
The channel bed is made of stainless steel with twin screw holes of equal distance along the channel length to hold accessories or models to
the flume bed. These holes can also be used for pressure tapping to measure pressure loss along the channel length.
Side Walls
For safety reasons, the side walls are made of tempered glass or clear acrylic. The walls are supported at interval by brackets with screws for
vertical position adjustment.
Instrument Carriage
Top rails made of stainless steel tubes are attached to the top angle on each wall of the channel. Screws supporting the rails can be adjusted to
ensure uniform height and in a straight line. A scale graduated in mm. is attached along the full length of one top angle of the walls. The
instrument carriage is motorized. Power outlet is available on the carriage.
Head Tank
The head tank is made of stainless steel and its sides and bottom are curved to ensure smooth flow into the channel. Perforated plates are
provided in the head tank to further smoothen the flow.
Storage Tank
An underground concrete storage tank is recommended as standard. This tank is to be built by the user. However, on ground storage tank can
also be supplied.
Walkway
A steel walkway with a checker plate floor and side rail is provided on one side of the flume for ease of model installation and flow
observations.
Circulating Pump
The pump seal is mechanical. A geared butterfly valve is provided to control an accurate flow rate.
Flow measurement
A paddle wheel type flow sensor with two indicators, front and rear of the channel, is used. In the case of an underground storage tank, a
measuring tank with calibrated weir is available as an option. The flow rate is controlled by a geared butterfly valve.
All accessories and models have side seals to ensure no water seepage or leakage through the sides of the models. A wide variety of models
and accessories are available as option.
W 040913

Flow measurement.
... Hydraulic
jump.
Analysis of model structures.
.. Gauging
structures.
Velocity profile.
.. Continuity
and energy equations.
Similarity laws.
.. Roughened
bed characteristics.
Surge propagation.
TECHNICAL DATA
Channel dimensions
Tilting adjustment
Side walls
Channel bed
Storage tank
Sluice gates
Flow measurement
Instrument trolley
Power supply
..
..
..
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
. Wa

-0.5 to 2%
Stainless steel.
Underground tank to be provide by user. Aboveground tank is optional.
Stainless steel, built-in at both ends of flume.
Flow sensor and indicators.
Motorized.
. partition
Flow calibration tank consisting of two sections where water is discharged into the first section and flows through a perforated
before discharging via a calibrated weir into an under ground tank.
.. Stainless
steel hook and point gauge 0-750 mm with 0.05 mm reading or 1 mm graduation.
Weirs : V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round or sharp edge),
.. Ogee
.. USBR
type 2,3 or 4 energy dissipater.
Syphon spillway.
.. Bridge
.. Vibration
pile.
Venturi flume.
.. Parshall
flume.
Submerged orifice.
.. Sluice
gate.
Radial gate.
.. Pitot
.. Lift
and drag balance and models, large and small cylinders and an aerofoil section.
Roughened bed, gravel, sand, or corrugated
.. Wave
generator.
. End tank, stainless steel, at down stream end of flume.
Shipping Dimensions : One 40 ft. container (without storage tank)
W 040913
HF 566 SEDIMENT FLOW CHANNEL, 600 mm Wide.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The channel is designed for studying the sediment transport and bed forms as well as flow phenomena without sediment. It is to
be used with optional accessories and models.
Under Frame
The channel bed rests on twin beam under frame which ensures static loading deflections are kept to a minimum. The length of
the beam is about 6 m Each section is shipped with glass side walls. This simplifies site installation as there are less joints and is
easier to ensure straight side walls throughout the length. To ensure minimum deflection, the I beam base frame of 18 m is
supported by a fulcrum at the middle and adjustable height support at both upstream and downstream ends. The number of
supports is more for 30 m channel length.
Typical Photograph
Slope Adjustment
Each adjustable height support uses twin screws and with a system of worm and wheel gear boxes and miter gears which are
intern driven by a motor. A slope scale is provided at one end of the flume.
Channel Bed
The channel bed is made of stainless steel with twin screw holes of equal distance along the channel length to hold accessories
or models to the flume bed when used as a normal tilting flow channel. These holes can also be used for pressure tapping points
to measure pressure loss along the channel length.
Side Walls
For safety reasons, the side walls are made of tempered glass. The walls are supported at interval by brackets with screws for
vertical position adjustment.
Instrument Carriage
Top rails made of stainless steel tubes are attached to the top angle on each wall of the channel. Screws supporting the rails can
be adjusted to ensure uniform height and in a straight line. A scale graduated in mm. is attached along the full length of one top
angle of the walls. The instrument carriage is motorized. Power outlet is available on the carriage.
Head Tank
The head tank is made of stainless steel and its sides and bottom are curved to ensure smooth flow into the channel. Perforated
plates are also provided in the head tank to further smoothen the flow.
Sediment Feeder
The channel bed may be filled by a sediment feeder with a slope stopper upstream and another one just before sediment trap at
the downstream end of the channel. Feeding is by a screw.
Sediment Trap
A Sediment trap is provided at the down stream end of the channel. The trapped sediment can be discharged by
a bottom value. The trap is covered when used as a normal flow channel.
Storage Tank
An underground concrete storage tank is recommended as standard. This tank is to be built by the user. However, on ground
tank can also be supplied.
W 040913
Walkway
A steel walkway with a checker plate floor and side rails is provided on one side of the flume for ease of model installation and
flow observations.
Circulating Pump
The pump is ceramic coated to minimize wear by sediment abrasion. A mechanical seal is used. A geared butterfly valve is
provided to control accurate rate of flow.
Flow measurement
A paddle wheel type flow sensor with two indicators, front and rear of the channel, is used. In the case of an underground storage
tank, a measuring tank with a calibrated weir is available as an option. The flow rate is controlled by a geared butterfly valve.
In the case of no sediment, the channel may be used as a normal tilting flow channel. All accessories and models have side seals to
ensure no water seep or leak through the sides of the models. A wide variety of models and accessories are available as an option.
As Sediment Channel :
Fixed smooth bed flow.
Flow over mobile sand bed.
Flow structures.
Local scour.
Mechanics of sediment transport.
Bed form hysteresis.
Depositionary features and fancies.
Computational work.
Flow over fixed gravel bed.
..
..
..
..
.
As Tilting Flow Channel :
.. Flow
measurement.
Hydraulic jump.
.. Analysis
of model structures.
Gauging structures.
.. Velocity
profile.
.. Similarity
laws.
Roughened bed characteristics.
. Surge propagation.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Channel
dimensions
Tilting adjustment
.. Side
walls
Channel bed
.. Sediment
feeder
Sediment trap
.. Storage
tank
Sluice gates
.. Flow
measurement
Instrument trolley
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

-0.5 to 2%
Stainless steel.
Motorized.
Stainless steel with cover and sediment recovery system.
Underground tank to be provided by user. Aboveground tank is optional.
Stainless steel, rack and pinion type, built-in at both ends of flume.
Motorized.

As a Sediment Flow Channel :
. Sediment drying oven. The wet sediment is dried by an oven with a fan and an electric heater.
As a Tilting Flow Channel :
. Flow
calibration tank consisting of two sections where water is discharged into the first section and flows through a
perforated partition before discharging via a calibrated weir into an under ground tank
.. Stainless
steel hook and point gauge with vertical and horizontal movement
Range : 0-750 mm with 0.05 mm reading or 1 mm graduation.
. Weirs :crump
V-notch weir, rectangular notch weir, sharp crested weir, broad crested weir, (round or sharp edge).
trapezoidal weir.
. Ogee weir withweir,
both upstream and downstream pressure tappings and manometer board.
W 040913
. Dam
spillway with different interchangeable downstream sections :
Toe, ski jump, piers and pegs , gravel box, or stop logs.
.. USBR
type 2,3 or 4 energy dissipater.
Syphon spillway.
.. Bridge
.. Vibration
pile.
Venturi flume.
.. Parshall
flume.
Submerged orifice fitted on a weir.
.. Sluice
gate.
Radial gate.
.. Pitot
.. Roughened
Lift and drag balance and models.
.. Wave
generator.
beach, plain, roughened, or permeable.
. Absorbing
End tank, stainless steel, at down stream end of flume.
Shipping Dimensions : One 40 ft. container (without storage tank)
W 040913
HF 500 SERIES FLOW CHANNEL OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND MODELS

Accessories and models shown below are for large Glass Sided Tilting Flume models HF 530 and HF 560. Similar designs are also
available for smaller flow channels eg HF 515, HF 510, HF 507and HF 505.
HF XXX019 Hook and Point Gauge.
HF XXX031 Dam Spillway.
HF XXX034 Bridge Pier.
HF XXX040 Venturi Flume.
HFXXX020,021,022,023,024,025 Weirs.
HF XXX030 Ogee Weir with Manometer Board.
HF XXX032 USBR Type Energy Discipator.
HF XXX035 Culvert Fittings.
HF XXX041 Parshall Flume.
HF XXX033 Syphon Spillway.
HF XXX036 Vibration Pile.
HF XXX042 Submerged Orifice.
W 040913
HF 500 SERIES FLOW CHANNEL OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND MODELS

Accessories and models shown below are for large Glass Sided Tilting Flume models HF 530 and HF 560. Similar designs are also
available for smaller flow channels eg HF 515, HF 510, HF 507and HF 505.
HF XXX043 Trapezoidal Flume.
HF XXX050 Sluice Gate.
HF XXX052 Radial Gate.
HF XXX060 Pitot Tube.

HF XXX061Current Meter.
HF XXX065 Lift and Drag Balance and Models.
HF XXX075 Sediment Transport Study System

(for large steel storage tank only).
HF XXX080 Wave Generator.
HF XXX070 Roughened Beds.
HF XXX082 Absorbing Beach.
W 040913
PUMP TEST SETS
HP 111 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP DEMONSTRATION

UNIT, Computer Interface
A bench top unit with 0.37kW centrifugal pump and motor,
storage tank, sensors and software.
To be used with HP100, HP 107 and computer or HP 104
and computer.
HP 113 MINI CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET,

Motor Dynamometer
A bench top unit with centrifugal pump, 0.55 kW
motor dynamometer, speed controller, storage
tank and measuring instruments.
HP 115 COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET

A bench top unit with 0.37 kW centrifugal pump and motor,
storage tank and measuring instruments.
Optional : Advanced inverter for speed control as well as
for motor speed and output power indication.
HP 115M COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP

TEST SET, Multi Speed
A bench top unit with 0.18 kW multi speed
centrifugal pump and motor, storage tank and
measuring instruments.
HP 119 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET

A 1.5 kW centrifugal pump and motor advanced inverter,
storage tank, measuring instruments.
HP 121 TURBINE PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT,

Computer Interface
A bench top unit with 0.37kW turbine pump and motor,
and computer.
HP 125 COMPACT TURBINE PUMP TEST SET

A bench top unit with 0.37 kW turbine pump and motor,
Optional :Advanced inverter for speed control as well as
HP 131 GEAR PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT,

Computer Interface
A bench top unit with gear pump, 0.37kW motor, and
and computer.
HP 135 COMPACT GEAR PUMP TEST SET

A bench top unit with gear pump, 0.37kW motor, storage
tank and measuring instruments.
HP 141 RECIPROCATING PUMP DEMONSTRATION

A bench top unit with a reciprocating pump, 0.37kW
motor with reduction gear, storage tank measuring
tank, pressure relief valve, pulse chambers, sensors
and software.
To be used with HP100, HP 107 and computer or HP
104 and computer.
HP 145 COMPACT RECIPROCATING PUMP TEST

SET,FIXED SPEED
A bench top unit with reciprocating pump, 0.37kW motor,
storage tank, pump pressure relief valve, pulse chambers
and measuring instruments.
HP 301 SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMPS

DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
A bench top unit with two 0.37 kW centrifugal pumps and
motors, storage tank and series and parallel operation
pipings, sensors and software.
and computer.
HP 303 COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP

TEST SET, Motor Dynamometer
A bench top unit with two sets of centrifugal pump and
0.55 kW motor dynamometer, speed controllers, storage
tank, measuring instruments and other optional items.
HP 305 COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL

PUMP TEST SET
A bench top unit with two 0.37 kW centrifugal pumps
and motors, series and parallel operation pipings,
Optional : Advanced inverter for speed control as
well as for motor speed and output power indication.
HP 305M COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP

TEST SET, Multi Speed
A bench top unit with two 0.24 kW multi speed centrifugal
pumps and motors, series and parallel operation pipings,
Optional : Watt meter.
HP 309 SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP TEST SET

Two sets of pump with motor, for speed and input
power indication, 1.5 kW. advanced inverter, storage
tank, measuring instruments and other optional items.
HP 405 MULTI PUMP TEST SET

Four different types of pumps - centrifugal, turbine,
reciprocating and axial flow pumps with 0.55kW motor
dynamometers. Common control unit for inverter, flow
indicator and selector switch, storage tank and measuring
instruments.
HP 405B COMPACT MULTI PUMP TEST SET, Inverter

Speed Control
A bench top unit for centrifugal, turbine, reciprocating and
axial flow pumps, each with 0.55 kW motor. Common central
unit for inverter flow indicator and selector switch, storage
tank and other measuring instruments.
HP 503 AXIAL FLOW PUMP TEST SET, Inverter

Speed Control
Stainless steel axial flow pump with a motor advanced
inverter, measuring instruments and other optional
items.
HP 111 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
HP 111 with HP 104 and computer
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the centrifugal pump characteristics with data display and analysis by computer.
The unit consists of an industrial centrifugal pump with a motor and a storage tank on a steel base, sensors and software.
It is to be used with HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit. (separately
supplied.)
TEST CAPABILITIES
. Flow rate vs head at various speeds.

. Pump input, output and overall efficiency at various speeds.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump
ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
: 80 lpm
- Maximum head
: 18 m water.
.. Software
Sensors for flow rate, pressures for pump suction and discharge, and speed.
for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
. Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HP 104 (required accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.
HP 111-060 Computer control
This includes control motor, HP 104 Advanced inverter with computer interface unit, and software for data display,
analysis and control by computer (separately supplied).
.
.

Net weight
: 60 x 90 x 75 cm
: Approx. 40 kg
W 040913
HP 113 COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET, Motor Dynamometer
With HP 113-050 computer interface
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top unit for studying the centrifugal pump characteristics.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a centrifugal pump with a motor dynamometer on a steel base for measurement of true pump input
power, and measuring instruments. Speed control is by an inverter.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
rate vs head at various speeds.
Pump input, output and true efficiency at
various speeds.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Pump
ratings at 2900 rpm :
Maximum flow rate
Maximum head
. --Measuring
instruments :
Speed
.
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
: 80 lpm
: 18 m water
:
:
:
:
:
Sensor and indicator.

Load cell and an indicator.
Pressure gauges at pump suction and discharge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HP 113-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, analog to digital signal converter
with software for data display and analysis by computer
HP 119-060 Computer Control
This includes control motor, sensors, a computer interface
unit, and software for data display, analysis, and control by a touch
screen computer (separately supplied).
.
.

Net weight
: 50 x 85 x 80 cm
: Approx. 62 kg
W 040913
HP 115 COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET, Fixed Speed

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top unit for studying the
centrifugal pump flow rate vs head at a fixed speed.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a centrifugal
pump with motor on a steel base, and measuring
instruments.
TYPICAL TEST
. Flow rate vs head.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump-ratings:
Maximum flow rate : 80 lpm
- Maximum head
: 18 m water.
. Measuring
instruments :
- Pressures
: Pressure gauges at pump suction and discharge.
- Flow rate
. Power supply
: 220V 1Ph 50Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
Net weight
: 50 x 108 x 70 cm
: Approx. 30 kg
W 040913
HP 115M COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET, Multi Speed

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
centrifugal pump flow rate vs head at three different
speeds.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a centrifugal
pump with multi speed motor on a steel base, and
TYPICAL TESTS
. Flow rate vs head at three different speeds.

TECHNICAL DATA
.Pump
ratings
- Speeds
.
.
- Maximum flow rate

- Maximum head
- Pressures
- Flow rate
Power supply

Net weight
: 3 different speeds.
: 70 lpm
: 7 m water.
: 220 V 1 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
: 50 x 108 x 70 cm
: Approx. 27 kg
W 040913
HP 119 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained set for studying the
centrifugal pump characteristics at various speeds.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a centrifugal
pump with a motor, an advanced inverter, and other
measuring instruments. The unit is on wheels
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Pump
Flow rate vs head at various speeds.
input, output, and true efficiency at various
speeds.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
- Maximum head
. Measuring
instruments :
.
- Flow rate
- Pressures
- Pump speed and input power
Power supply
: 150 lpm
: 30 m water
:
:
:
:
Water meter and a stop watch

Pressure gauges at pump suction and discharge
Advanced inverter.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HP 119-050
Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer
interface unit, and software for data display and
analysis by computer (separately supplied).

Net weight
: 90 x 140 x 160 cm
: Approx. 195 kg
W 040913
HP 121 TURBINE PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the turbine (regenative) pump characteristics with data display and analysis by computer.
The unit consists of an industrial turbine pump with a motor and a storage tank on a steel base, sensors, and software.
It is to be used with HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit. (separately
supplied.)
TEST CAPABILITIES
.. Flow
Pump input, output and overall
efficiency at various speeds.
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
: 35 lpm
- Maximum head
: 30 m water.
Sensors for flow rate, pressures at pump suction and discharge, and speed.
Software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
Power supply
.
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HP 104 (required
accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.
. HP 121-060
Computer control
This includes control motor, HP 104 Advanced inverter with computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis, and
control by computer (separately supplied).
Net (unpacked) shipping dimension W x L x H : 60 x 90 x 75 cm.
Net weight
: Approx 38 kg.
: Approx 40 kg. with HP 121-060
W 040913
HP 125 COMPACT TURBINE PUMP TEST SET, Fixed Speed
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
turbine pump flow rate vs head at a fixed speed.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a turbine pump with
motor on a steel base, and measuring instruments.
TYPICAL TESTS
TECHNICAL DATA
.Pump -ratings
:
Maximum flow rate
- Maximum head
.Measuring
instruments :
- Pressures
Flow rate
. Power- supply
: 35 lpm
: 30 m water.

Net weight
: 25 kg.
W 040913
HP 131 GEAR PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the gear pump characteristics with data display and analysis by computer.
The unit consists of an industrial gear pump with a motor and a storage tank on a steel base, sensors, and software.
It is to be used with oil or glycol, HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit.
(separately supplied.)
TEST CAPABILITIES
Pump input, output and overall efficiency at
various speeds.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump
ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
..
.
: 20 lpm.
- Maximum head
: 25 m water.
- Built-in pressure relief valve.
Sensors for flow rate, pressures at pump suction and discharge, and speed.
Power supplied
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HP 104 (required accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.
HP 131-060 Computer control
This includes control motor, HP 104 Advanced inverter with computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis, and
.
.

Net weight
: 60 x 90 x 75 cm
: Approx. 40 kg
W 040913
HP 135 COMPACT GEAR PUMP TEST SET, Fixed Speed
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
gear pump flow rate vs head at a fixed speed.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a gear pump with a
motor on a steel base, and measuring instruments. It is to
be used with oil or glycol.
TYPICAL TESTS
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Pump
ratings at 1500 rpm
Maximum flow rate
- Maximum head
- Pressure relief valve
Measuring instruments:
- Pressures
- Flow rate
Power supplied
.
.
: 20 lpm
: 30 m water.
: Built-in.
: Oil meter and a stop watch.
Net (unpacked) shipping dimension W x L x H

Net weight
: 50 x 108 x 70 cm.
: 28 kg.
W 040913
HP 141 RECIPROCATING PUMP DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
HP 141 with optional equipment
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained unit for studying the reciprocating pump characteristics with data display and analysis by computer.
The unit consists of an industrial reciprocating pump driven by a reduction gear and motor, a storage tank, sensors, and software. The unit
is on a steel base.
It is to be used with HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Flow rate vs head characteristies.
Pump input, output and overall efficiency at various speeds.
Effect of pulse chamber.
Volumetric efficiency.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump rating at 300 rpm.
- Maximum flow rate
: 15 lpm.
- Maximum head
: 30 m water
Pump accessories
- Pressure relief valve.
- Pulse chambers with isolating valves.
- Discharge flow control valve.
Sensors for flow, pressures at pump suction and discharge, and pump speed.
Power supply
.
.
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HP 104 (required
accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.
. HP 141-030
PV diagram.
This includes piston displacement sensor, cylinder pressure sensor, and software for display of P-V diagram on computer
. HP 141-060
Computer control
This includes control motor, HP 104 Advanced inverter with computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis,
and control by computer (separately supplied).
Net weight
: 80 x 120 x 75 cm
: Approx. 58 kg.
W 040913
HP 145 COMPACT RECIPROCATING PUMP TEST SET, Fixed Speed

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
reciprocating pump flow rate vs head at a fixed speed.
The unit consists of a storage tank and a reciprocating pump with a
belt and pulley drive and motor on a steel base, and measuring
instruments.
TYPICAL TESTS

. Effect of pulse chamber.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump
ratings at 300 rpm.
- Maximum flow rate
: 15 lpm.
- Maximum head
: 30 m water
. Pump
accessories
- Pressure relief valve.
Pulse chambers with vent valves.
. --Measuring
instruments :
Pressures
- Flow rate
. Power supply

Net weight
: 48 kg.
W 040913
HP 301 SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMPS DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the series and parallel pump characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of two sets of industrial centrifugal pump and a motor and a storage tank on a steel base, sensors and software. One pump
speed may be varied while the other pump speed mains normal. By manipulating flow control valves, each pump can be operated
individually or both pumps connected in series or parallel.
It is to be used with HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Flow rate vs head at various speeds for one pump.
Flow rate vs head for two pumps connected in series
or parallel.
Power input, output and overall efficiency at various
speeds for one pump.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
: 35 lpm
- Maximum head
: 30 m water
Sensors for flow rate, pressures at pump suction and discharge, and speeds.
Software for data display and analysis on computer (separately supplied).
Power supply
.
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.. Additional
HP 100 Variac speed control unit speed sensor and watt sensor for the second pump.
Additional advanced inverter for the second pump.
. HP 104 (required
accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.

Net weight
: 65 x 105 x 80 cm
: Approx. 66 kg
W 040913
HP 303 COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP TEST SET, Motor Dynamometer
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top unit for studying
the series and parallel pumps characteristics.
The unit consists of two sets of centrifugal pump and
motor dynamometer for measuring true pump input
power, a storage tank, on a steel base, and measuring
instruments. Speed control is by two inverters. By
manipulating flow control valves, each pump can be
operated individually or both pumps connected in
series or parallel.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
rate vs head at various speeds for individual pump.
Flow rate vs head at a fixed speed for two pumps connected in series or parallel.
. Power input, output and true efficiency at various speeds for individual pump and two pumps connected in series or parallel.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Pump
ratings at 2900 rpm
Maximum flow rate
Maximum head
.. -Motor
dynamometers
Measuring instruments :
.
- Speeds
- Torques
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
: 80 lpm
: 18 m water
: 2 ea 0.55 kW
:
:
:
:
:
Speed sensors and indicators.

2 ea, spring balances.
Water meter and stop watch.
Pressure gauges at pump suction and discharge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HP 303-050 Computer Interface (two pumps)

Net weight
: 80 x 150 x 90 cm
: Approx. 117 kg
W 040913
HP 305 COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP TEST SET, Fixed Speed
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is simple self contained bench top unit for studying
the series and parallel pump characteristics at fixed
speeds.
The unit consists of two sets of turbine pump with
motor and a storage tank on a steel base, and measuring
instruments. By manipulating flow control valves, each
pump can be operated individually or both pumps
connected in series or parallel.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
rate vs head for individual pump.
Flow rate vs head for two pumps connected in series or parallel.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump
ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
- Maximum head
. -Measuring
instruments :
Flow rate
Pressures
. -Power
supply
: 35 lpm
: 30 m water.
: Water meter and stop watch.

Net weight
: 60 x 110 x 70 cm
: Approx. 40 kg
W 040913
HP 305M COMPACT SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP TEST SET, Multi Speed
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
series and parallel pump characteristics at three different
speeds.
The unit consists of two centrifugal pumps with multi
speed motors and a storage tank on a steel base, and
measuring instruments. By manipulating flow control
valves, each pump can be operated individually or both
pumps connected in series or parallel.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
rate vs head at various speeds for individual pump.
Flow rate vs head at a fixed speed for two pumps connected in series or parallel.
. Power
input, output and true efficiency at various speeds for individual pump and two pumps connected in series or
parallel.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Pump
ratings :
Speed
.
.
- Maximum flow rate

- Maximum head
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
: 3 different speeds.
: 70 lpm
: 7 m.water.

Net weight
: 45 x 105 x 70 cm
: Approx. 40 kg
W 040913
HP 309 SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMP TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained unit for studying the series and
parallel pump characteristics.
The unit consists of two sets of centrifugal pump and
motor, a storage tank, and measuring instruments. Speed
control is by two advanced inverters. By manipulating
flow control valves, each pump can be operated
individually or both pump connected in series or parallel.
The unit is on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
. pump.
Flow rate vs head at various speeds for individual
. connected
Flow rate vs head at a fixed speed for two pumps
in series or parallel.
. speeds
Power input, output and true efficiency at various
for individual pump and two pumps connected
in series or parallel.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Pump
ratings :
Maximum flow rate
Maximum head
. --Measuring
instruments :
Flow rate
Pressures
. -Power
supply
: 150 lpm
: 30 m water
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HP 303-050
Computer Interface (Two pumps)
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis
computer (separately supplied)
.. byPump
of different characteristic curve can be supplied on request.
HP 309-002 Two set of 1.5 kW Motor dynamometer with an inverter, torque sensor and speed sensor and indicator instead of two
1.5 kW advanced inverters.

Net weight
: 100 x 165 x 170 cm

: Approx. 300 kg
W 040913
HP 405 MULTI PUMP TEST SET, Motor Dynamometer

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained set for studying the characteristics
for various types of pumps.
The unit consists of four different types of pumps namelycentrifugal, turbine, reciprocating and axial flow pump,
a common storage tank, and measuring instruments. Each
pump is driven by a motor dynamometer for measuring
true pump input power. Speed control is by an inverter.
By manipulating flow control valves and a selector
switch, each pump can be operated individually. The unit
is on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
Pump input, output, and true efficiency at various speeds.
Effect of pulse chamber for reciprocating pump.
.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pumps
ratings :
- Centrifugal pump with a maximum flow rate 80 lpm and a maximum head 18 m water at 2900 rpm
..
..
.
- Turbine pump with a maximum flow rate 35 lpm and a maximum head 30 m water at 2900 rpm
- Reciprocating pump with a maximum flow rate 15 lpm at 300 rpm and a maximum head 30 m water.
- Axial flow pump with stainless steel impeller, guide vanes, shaft and casing, a maximum flow rate 400 lpm and a maximum
differential head 1.5 m water at 2900 rpm
Accessories for the reciprocating pump : Dash pot for dynamometer arm damping 2ea pulse chambers, and a pressure relief valve
Motor dynamometers for all pumps.
Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
Selector switch
: For operations of each pump alternatively.
- Speeds
: Speed sensor at each motor dynamometer with a common indicator.
- Torques
: Torque sensor at each motor dynamometer with a common indicator.
- Flow rate
: Water meter and stop watch for centrifugal, turbine and reciprocating pumps
: Flow sensor and indicator for axial flow pump.
- Pressures
: Pressure gauges.
Control panel
: For a pump selector switch, an inverter, a torque indicator, a speed indicator, and a flow indicator for
the axial flow pump.
Power supply
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Differential
pressure sensor and indicator, 0-500 cm. water
instead of differential pressure gauge.
. gauges.
Mercury manometer for axial flow pump, instead of pressure
. HP 405-050
Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and
software for data display and analysis by computer

Net weight
: 95 x 190 x 150 cm
: Approx. 350 kg
W 040913
HP 405B COMPACT MULTI PUMP TEST SET, Inverter Speed Control
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a compact self contained bench top set for studying the characteristics for various types of pumps.
The unit consists of four different types of pump namely-centrifugal, turbine, reciprocating and axial flow pumps and a common
storage tank, measuring instruments. Speed control is by an inverter. By manipulating flow control valves and a selector switch,
each pump can be operated individually.
TYPICAL TESTS
Pump input, output, and overall efficiency at various speeds.
Effect of pulse chamber for receiprocating pump.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pumps
ratings :
- Centrifugal pump and motor with a maximum flow rate 80 lpm and a maximum head 18 m water.
..
- Turbine pump and motor with a maximum flow rate 35 lpm and a maximum head 30 m water.
- Reciprocating pump and motor with a reduction gear, a maximum flow rate 15 lpm at 300 rpm and a maximum head 30 m
water.
- Axial flow pump and motor with stainless steel impeller, guide vanes, shaft and casing, a maximum flow rate 400 lpm and
a maximum differential head 1.5 m water.
Accessories for the reciprocating pump
: 2 ea pulse chambers with isolating valves, and a pressure relief valve.
- Flow rates
: Water meter and stop watch for centrifugal, turbine and reciprocating pumps.
: Flow sensor and indicator for axial flow pump.
- Pressures
: Pressure gauges for centrifugal, turbine and reciprocating pumps at common inlet and outlet.
Control panel
: For an inverter, and a flow indicator for the axial flow pump, and a pump selector switch.
Power supply
..

Net weight
: 85 x 145 x 93 cm
: Approx. 160 kg
W 040913
HP 503 AXIAL FLOW PUMP TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top self contained set for studying the axial flow pump characteristics at various speeds.
The unit consists of an axial pump with a motor, a recirculating pipe, an advanced inverter, and other measuring instruments.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Flow rate vs head at various speeds.

. Pump input, output and true efficiency at various speeds.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump :
.
- Construction
- Ratings
- Flow rate
- Pressure
. Power supply
: Stainless steel impeller ; stainless steel guide vanes, shaft and casing.
: Maximum flow rate 400 lpm. and a maximum differential head 1.5 m water
: Flow sensor and indicator.
: Mercury manometer with 450 mm x 1 mm graduation for differential head measurement.
Approximately 25 ml. or 350 g. is required. ESSOM will supply filling kit.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HP 503-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface
unit, and software for data display and analysis by

Net weight
: 85 x 245 x 60 cm
: Approx. 150 kg
W 040913
TURBINE TEST SETS
HT 110 MINI TURBINE SERVICE UNIT

A bench top unit with 0.37kW centrifugal pump and storage
tank for providing water supply to and support the mini
turbine demonstration unit. Pressure and flow sensors,
interface box for power supply and analog to digital signal
converter. This is to be used with individual mini turbine.
HT 121 MINI PELTON TURBINE DEMONSTRATION

Stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with
transparent window, speed and torque sensors.
Maximum output : 40W from 0.37kW pump. To be
used with HT110 Mini Turbine Service Unit and
computer.
HT 131 MINI FRANCIS TURBINE DEMONSTRATION

Bronz runner, adjustable guide vanes non corrosion metal
housing with transparent window, speed and torque
sensors. Maximum output : 25W from 0.37kW pump.
To be used with HT110 Mini Turbine Service Unit and
computer
HT 151A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELER TURBINE

Stainless steel runner and casing with transparent
window, speed and torque sensors. Maximum output :
25W from 0.37kW pump. To be used with HT110 Mini
Turbine Service Unit and computer.
HT 151AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE TURBINE

Stainless steel runner and casing with transparent guide
vane and runner section, speed and torque sensors.
Maximum output : 10W from 0.37kW low head pump.
To be used with computer.
HT 161 MINI KAPLAN TURBINE DEMONSTRATION

Stainless steel runner, adjustable guide vanes non
corrosion metal casing with transparent window and
runner section, speed and torque sensors. Maximum
output : 15W from 0.37kW pump. To be used with
HT110 Mini Turbine Service Unit and computer.
HT 201 MINI PELTON TURBINE TEST SET

0.37 kW pump, stainless steel runner, and nozzle.
Non corrosion metal housing and transparent
window. Storage tank and measuring instruments.
Maximum output : over 40 W.
HT 203 COMPACT PELTON TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump, stainless steel runner, nozzle and
casing with transparent window. Storage tank and
measuring instruments. Maximum output : 450W.
HT 210 PELTON TURBINE TEST SET

A 7.5 kW pump, stainless steel runner. Stainless steel
nozzle and casing with transparent window. Direct
coupling electric generator, storage tank, measuring
instruments and other optional items. Maximum output :
2000 W.
HT 301 MINI FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

0.37 kW pump, bronz runner, adjustable guide vanes.
Non corrosion metal housing and transparent window.
Storage tank and measuring instruments. Maximum
output : over 25 W.
HT 303 COMPACT FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump, bronze runner, adjustable guide vanes
and casing with transparent window. Storage tank and
Maximum output : 400 W.
HT 310 FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

A 7.5 kW pump, bronze runner, adjustable guide
vanes and casing with transparent window. Direct
coupling electric generator, storage tank, measuring
instruments and other optional items.
HT 403 COMPACT CROSS FLOW TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump, stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing
with transparent window. Storage tank and measuring
instruments.
HT 501A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELLER TURBINE

TEST SET
0.55 kW pump, stainless steel runner and guide vanes.
Non corrosion metal housing and transparent guide vane
and runner section. Storage tank and measuring
instruments.
HT 503 COMPACT AXIAL FLOW PUMP/TURBINE TEST SET

A universal unit for testing stainless steel axial flow pump and
turbine with transparent section. 2.2 kW turbine service pump,
0.55 kW pump motor dynamometer, turbine mechanical
dynamometer, storage tank and measuring instruments.
Maximum capacity : as pump 500 lpm, as turbine 200W.
HT 410 CROSS FLOW TURBINE TEST SET

A 7.5 kW pump. Stainless steel, nozzle, casing and
runner, transparent window. Direct coupling electric
generator, storage tank measuring instruments and
other optional items. Maximum output : 1000 W.
HT 501AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE TURBINE

TEST SET
0.37 kW pumps, stainless steel runner with twin nozzle.
Non corrosion metal housing and transparent window.
Storage tank and measuring instruments.
Maximum output : over 25 W.
HT 601 MINI KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET

0.37 kW pump, stainless steel runner with adjustable
guide vanes. Non corrosion housing, with transparent
window and runner section. Storage tank and
Maximum power : over 15 W.
HT 603 COMPACT KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump, fixed blade stainless steel runner, bronze
adjustable guide vanes and casing with transparent window.
HT 610 KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET

A 7.5 kW pump. Stainless steel runner. Bronze
adjustable guide vanes and casing with transparent
window. Storage tank and measuring instruments.
Maximum power : Approx. 1000 W.
HT 701 MINI PELTON/FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

A 0.55 kW pump with mini Pelton and Francis turbines.
Pelton tubine with stainless steel runner, nozzle and
casing with transparent window. Francis turbine with
bronze runner, adjustable guide vanes and casing with
transparent window. Storage tank and measuring
instruments.
Power output: 25-40 W.
HT 702 COMPACT PELTON/FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump with Pelton and Francis turbines. Pelton
turbine with stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with
transparent window. Francis turbine with bronze runner,
adjustable guide vanes and casing with transparent window.
Power output : 400 - 450 W.
HT 703 MULTI TURBINE TEST SET

A 2.2 kW pump with stainless steel runner Pelton turbine,
bronz runner. Francis turbine, stainless steel runner cross
flow turbine and stainless steel runner Kaplan turbine.
Power output : 400-450 W.
HT 903 MINI HYDRO POWER PLANT

A self contained unit. 2.2 kW pump, cross flow
turbine with stainless steel runner, nozzle and
casing, transparent window. AC generator with light
loads. Storage tank and measuring instruments.
Maximum electrical output : upto 300W, 220V, 1Ph,
50Hz.
HT 910 LOW HEAD HYDRAULIC TURBINE TEST RIG

This is a closed circuit test facility for design and development
of low head hydraulic turbine. Complete with 75 kW pump, head
tank, test section, tail tank, pipings and measuring instruments.
Maximum flow rate 1300m3/hr and maximum head 15 m. water.
HT 110 MINI TURBINE SERVICE UNIT
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This service module provides a water supply and input power
measurement for the mini turbine demonstration unit.
The unit consists of a pump and a storage tank on a steel base
input power sensors, and an interface box. The box includes
power supply to the motor and computer interface unit. It also
provides, interface ports to the sensors and computer.
The unit is to be used with mini turbine demonstration unit,
and a computer. Both are separately supplied.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Maximum
flow rate
Sensors
.. Computer
interface unit
Power supply
:
:
:
:

Net weight
80 lpm.
Pressure and flow rate.
8 channels.
220 V 1Ph 30 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
: 60 x 90 x 75 cm
: Approx. 35 kg
W 040913
HT 121 MINI PELTON TURBINE DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
HT 121 with HT 110

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a mini Pelton turbine for studying the turbine characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of the mini Pelton turbine with a dynamometer, output power sensors and software. The adjustable turbine nozzle
directs water jet to the runner buckets.
The unit is to be used with HT110 Mini turbine service unit, and a computer. Both are separately supplied.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Torque vs. speed at various heads and flow rates.
Power output vs speed for various heads and flow rates.
Efficiency vs speed for a given head and flow rate.
Racing characteristics.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Construction
: Stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with transparent window.
Maximum power : 40 W.
Dynamometer
: Mechanical brake.
Sensors
: Torque and speed.
..
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HT 121-060 Computer Control
This includes control motors, HT 110 Mini turbine service unit, and software for data display, analysis, and

Net weight
: 40 x 45 x 26 cm
: Approx. 10 kg
W 040913
HT 131 MINI FRANCIS TURBINE DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
HT 131 with HT 110

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a mini Francis turbine for studying the turbine characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of the mini Francis turbine with a dynamometer, output power sensors, and software. The turbine adjustable
vanes direct water spirally to the runner.
guide
The unit is to be used with HT110 Mini turbine service unit, and a computer. All are separately supplied.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Torque vs speed at various heads and flow rates.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Construction
.
: Bronz runner with adjustable guide vanes.
: Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window.
. Maximum power : 25 W.
. Dynamometer : Mechanical brake.
.. Sensors
: Torque and speed.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes control motors, HT 110 Mini turbine service unit, and software for data display, analysis, and control by
computer (separately supplied).

Net weight
: 40 x 45 x 27 cm
: Approx. 11 kg.
W 040913
HT 151A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELER TURBINE DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
HT 152
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained mini axial flow propeller turbine for studying the turbine characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of axial flow propeller turbine with a dynamometer, a water storage tank, a low head high flow centrifugal pump,
an interface box and input power sensors and software.
The turbine fixed guide vanes direct water to the runner. The interface box includes power supply to the sensors and motor, and a
computer interface unit. It also provides interface ports to sensors and computer.
The unit is to be used with a computer (separately supplied).
TEST CAPABILITIES
.. Torque
vs speed at various heads and flow rates.
Power output vs speed for various heads and
rates.
.. flow
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbine
- Construction
:
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner and guide vanes.

Stainless steel casing with transparent guide vane and runner section.
20 W.
Mechanical brake
0.55 kw
Flow, pressure, torque and speed.
- Maximum power
.. Dynamometer
Pump
.. Sensors
Computer interface unit
.Software
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes control motors, and software for data display, analysis, and control by computer

Net weight
: 80 x 120 x 76 cm
: Approx. 7 kg
W 040913
HT 151AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE TURBINE DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a mini axial flow impulse turbine for studying the turbine characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of the mini axial flow impulse turbine with a dynamometer, output power sensors and software. The turbine twin
nozzles with flow control valves direct water jets to the runner radial blades.
The unit is to be used with HT110 Mini turbine service unit, and a computer. Both are separately supplied.
HT 151 with HT 110

TEST CAPABILITIES
Power output vs speed for various heads and
flow rates.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Construction
: Stainless steel runner, twin nozzles and casing with transparent discharge section.
Maximum power : 25 W.
Dynamometer
: Mechanical brake.
Sensors
: Torque and speed.
..
...
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Net weight
: 40 x 45 x 24 cm
: Approx. 9 kg
W 040913
HT 161 MINI KAPLAN TURBINE DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a mini Kaplan turbine for studying the turbine characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of a mini Kaplan turbine with a dynamometer, output power sensors and software. The turbine adjustable guide
vanes direct water helically to the runner.
The unit is to be used with HT110 Mini Turbine Service Unit, and a computer. Both are separately supplied.
HT 161 with HT 110

TEST CAPABILITIES
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
. Construction
: Stainless steel runner with adjustable guide vanes.
: Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window and runner section.
.. Maximum
power
: 15 W.
Dynamometer
: Mechanical brake.
.. Sensors
: Torque and speed.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Net weight
: 40 x 45 x 27 cm
: Approx. 11 kg
W 040913
HT 201 MINI PELTON TURBINE TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the Pelton turbine
characteristics under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank on a steel base, a pump, a turbine,
a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The adjustable nozzle
direct a water jet to the runner buckets.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency
vs speed for a given head and flow rate.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. -Dynamometer
Torque
.
- Speed
- Flow rate
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with transparent window.

40 W.
0.55 kW
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Portable tachometer.
Pressure gauge
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HT 050 Mini Turbine Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface unit,
and software for data display and analysis
by computer (separately supplied)

Net weight
: 50 x 105 x 85 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 040913
HT 203 COMPACT PELTON TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the
Pelton turbine characteristics under various flow rates
and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a pump, a turbine,
a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The
adjustable nozzle direct a water jet to the runner
buckets.
TYPICAL TESTS
.
.
.
.

TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
. Pump
. Dynamometer
. Measuring instruments :
- Flow rate
- Torque
- Speed
- Pressure
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner.

Stainless steel nozzle.
Stainless steel casing with transparent window to observe hydraulic action.
400 W of brake power.
2.2 kW
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:

Spring balances.
Speed sensor and indicator.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Water brake dynamometer instead mechanical brake dynamometer.
. HT 051 Compact Turbine Computer Interface.
and software for data display and analysis by computer

Net weight
: Approx. 140 kg
W 040913
HT 210 PELTON TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This set is designed for studying the Pelton turbine characteristics
under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a pump, a turbine, a dynamometer,
a generator, and measuring instruments. The adjustable nozzle direct
a water jet to the runner buckets. Direct coupling of the generator with
the turbine by a clutch is provided to simulate actual turbine generator
operation. Power output can be measured by either dynamometer or
generator output.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Torque vs speed at various heads and flow rates.

.. Power
output vs speed for various heads and flow rates.
. Overall turbine generator efficiency.
. Racing characteristics.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
Maximum power
.. -Pump
Generator
.. Electrical
load
Dynamometer
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
- Electrical power output
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Stainless steel nozzle and shaft.
2000 W of brake power or 1200 W of electrical power.
7.5 kW.
2 kVA.
Lamp bank.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balance.
Pressure gauge.
Voltmeter and ammeter.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Water brake dynamometer instead of
mechanical brake dynamometer. In this case, connection to
the turbine with generator is by pulleys or direct coupling to
the turbine without the generator.
HT 052 Large Turbine Computer Interface
.
.

Net weight
: 105 x 190 x 170 cm

: Approx. 412 kg
W 040913
HT 301 MINI FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the Francis
turbine characteristics under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank on a steel base, a pump,
a turbine, a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The
adjustable guide vanes direct water spirally to the runner.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. -Dynamometer
Torque
- Speed
- Flow rate
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
Bronz runner with adjustable guide vanes.

Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window.
25 W.
0.55 kW
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauge
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HT 050
Mini Turbine Computer Interface

And software for data display and analysis by computer

Net weight
: 50 x 105 x 85 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 040913
HT 303 COMPACT FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Francis turbine characteristics under various flow rates
and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a pump, a turbine, a
dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The adjustable
guide vanes direct water spirally to the runner.
TYPICAL TESTS
.
.
.
.

TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
. Pump
. Dynamometer
. Measuring instruments:
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bronze runner, bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes.

Bronz casing with transparent window to observe guide vane position.
Stainless steel shaft.
2.2 kW.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Water brake dynamometer instead mechanical
brake dynamometer.
. HT 051 Compact Turbine Computer Interface

Net weight
: 70 x 155 x 85 cm
: Approx. 130 kg
W 040913
HT 310 FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The set is designed for studying the Francis turbine
dynamometer, a generator, and measuring instruments.
The adjustable guide vanes direct water spirally to the
runner. Direct coupling generator with clutch is provided
to simulate actual turbine generator operation. Power
output at various flow rates, heads and speeds can be
measured by either dynamometer or generator output.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Power
.. Efficiency
Overall turbine generator efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. Generator
Electrical load
.. Dynamometer
.
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bronze runner, bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes

Bronze casing with transparent cover to observe guide vane position.
7.5 kW.
2 kVA.
Lamp bank
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balance.
Flow sensor and indictor.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Water brake dynamometer instead
of mechanical brake dynamometer. In this case, connection
to the turbine with generator is by pulleys or direct
coupling to the turbine without the generator.
.
.

Net weight
: 110 x 180 x 175 cm

: Approx. 450 kg
W 040913
HT 403 COMPACT CROSS FLOW TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Cross Flow turbine characteristics under various flow
rates and heads.
dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The
adjustable nozzle direct a water jet tangentially to the
runner.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Power output vs speed for various heads and flow
rates.
. Efficiency vs speed for a given head and flow rate.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
- Maximun power
. Pump
. Dynamometer
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner, shaft and nozzle.

Stainless steel casing with transparent window.
2.2 kW.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Water brake dynamometer instead mechanical brake dynamometer.
This includes sensors, computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately
supplied)

Net weight
: 70 x 170 x 90 cm
: Approx. 130 kg
W 040913
HT 410 CROSS FLOW TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This set is designed for studying the Cross
Flow turbine characteristics under various flow
rates and heads.
a dynamometer, a generator, and measuring
instruments. The adjustable nozzle direct a water jet
tangentially to the runner. Direct coupling of the
generator with the turbine by a clutch is provided to
simulate actual turbine generator operation. Power
output can be measured by either dynamometer or
generator output.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency
Overall turbine-generator efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Turbine
:
- Construction
Maximum power
.. -Pump
.. Generator
Electrical load
Dynamometer
. Measuring
instruments :
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

7.5 kW.
2 kVA.
Lamp bank
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balance.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUOPMENT
Water brake dynamometer instead
of mechanical brake dynamometer. In this case, connection
to the turbine with generator is by pulleys or direct
coupling to the turbine without the generator.

Net weight
: 110 x 210 x 170 cm

: Approx. 400 kg
W 040913
HT 501A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELLER TURBINE TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the axial
flow propeller turbine characteristics under various flow
rates and heads.
a dynamometer, and measuring instruments.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency

TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. -Dynamometer
Torque
- Speed
- Flow rate
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner and guide vanes.

Oil seal on hardened stainless steel shaft.
Stainless steel casing with transparent guide vane and runner section.
15 W.
0.55 kW
Mechanical.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Portable tachnometer.
Water meter and a stopwatch.
Mercury manometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Flow sensor and indicator instead of
water meter and stop watch.
Pressure sensor and indicator instead of
mercury manometer.
Pressure gauge instead of mercury
manometer.
Torque sensor and indicator instead of
spring balance.
.
.
.
.
.

Net weight
: 50 x 105 x 85 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 070913
HT 501AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the axial flow impulse turbine characteristics under various flow rates and
heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank on a steel base, a pump, a turbine, a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The twin
nozzles direct water jets to the runner radial blades.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbine
- Construction
- Maximum power
Pump
Dynamometer
- Torque
- Speed
- Flow rate
- Pressure
Power supply
.
..
.
.
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner, twin nozzles and casing with transparent discharge section.
25 W.
0.55 kW.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Portable tachnometer.
Water meter and a stopwatch.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
unit, and software for data display and analysis
by computer (separately supplied).

Net weight
: 50 x 105 x 85 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 040913
HT 503 COMPACT AXIAL FLOW PUMP/TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained universal set for studying both axial flow pump and axial flow turbine characteristics.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a pump/turbine unit, a motor dynamometer for measuring true pump input power, a turbine
dynamometer, a main service pump, and measuring instruments.
The pump/turbine unit has a fixed blade stainless steel runner and a fixed stainless steel guide vane with clear acrylic and stainless
steel casing to observe hydraulic action.Three runners and three guide vanes of different pitch angles are provided to give nine runner
guide vane combination. The runner is attached to the shaft by a screw and the guide vane is attached to the housing by screws. Thus
changing of runner and guide vane can be done easily and quickly. Impeller/runner, guide vane, shaft and casing are made of stainless
steel.
Pipings and valve control allows the unit to be run as a pump or a turbine. The pump/turbine unit is connected to a dynamometer and
also to a motor dynamometer by an clutch. When run as a pump, the unit is driven by a motor dynamometer for measurement of pump
power input. When run as a turbine, the motor dynamometer is disengaged by the clutch and the unit is run by water from a main
pump. Power from the turbine is measured by a dynamometer. Water pressures are indicated by mercury manometer for both pump
and turbine. Flow rate is measured by a flow sensor and indictor. The unit is on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
. -As a Flow
pump
Pump input, output, and efficiency
. -As a Torque
turbine
-

TECHNICAL DATA
Pump impeller/Turbine runner
- Material
: Stainless steel with clear acrylic casing for guide vane and runner section.
Number of impeller/runner and guide vane : 3 ea different pitch angles.
Ratings when run as a pump.
- Maximum flow
: Over 400 lpm.
- Maximum differential head
: Over 1.5 m water.
Pump motor dynamometer
: 0.55 kW.
Pump motor speed control
: 0.55 kW inverter.
Rating when run as a turbine
- Maximum power
: 200 W.
Turbine dynamometer
: Mechanical brake.
Main service pump
: 2.2 kW.
- Speed
: Sensor and indicator for the turbine unit.
- Torque
: Sensor and indicator for turbine dynamometer.
- Flow rate
: Flow sensor and indicator.
- Pressures
: Mercury manometer for both pump and turbine pressures.
Approximately 250 ml. or 3.5 kg. is required. ESSOM will supply filling kit.
Power supply
.
..
.
..
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Multiport differential pressure sensor and indicator, instead of mercury manometer.
HT 503-050 Axial Flow Pump /Turbine Computer Interface
..

Net weight
: 80 x 280 x 140 cm
: Approx. 250 kg
W 040913
HT 601 MINI KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the Kaplan
turbine characteristics under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank on a steel base, a pump,
a turbine, a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The
adjustable guide vanes direct water helically to the runner.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
.. Efficiency
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. -Dynamometer
Torque
- Speed
- Flow rate
- Pressure
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel runner with adjustable guide vanes.

Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window and runner section.
15 W.
0.55 kW.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Net weight
: 50 x 105 x 85 cm
: Approx. 70 kg
W 040913
HT 603 COMPACT KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set for studying the Kaplan turbine characteristics under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a storage tank, a pump, a turbine, a dynamometer, and measuring instruments. The adjustable guide vanes direct
water helically to the runner.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Power output vs speed for various heads and flow
rates.
. Efficiency vs speed for a given head and flow rate.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
. Pump
. Dynamometer
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
. Power supply
: Fixed blade stainless steel runner.

: Bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes with transparent window to observe runner and
guide vane position.
: 400 W of brake power.
: 2.2 kW.
: Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Water brake dynamometer instead mechanical
brake dynamometer.
. HT 603-001 Fixed blade stainless steel runner with different blade angle.
Net weight
: 70 x 170 x 85 cm
: Approx. 130 kg
W 040913
HT610 KAPLAN TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The set is designed for studying the Kaplan turbine
a dynamometer, a generator, and measuring instruments.
The adjustable guide vanes direct water helically to the
runner. Direct coupling generator with clutch is provided to
simulate actual turbine generator operation. Power output at
various flow rates, heads and speeds can be measured by
either dynamometer or generator output.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Power
.. Efficiency
Overall turbine generator efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Turbine
:
Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
. Generator
Electrical load
.. Dynamometer
.
- Torque
- Flow rate
- Speed
- Pressure
Power supply
: Fixed blade stainless steel runner.

: Bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes and transparent window to observe runner and
: 1500 W of brake power or 1000 W of electrical power.
: 7.5 kW.
: 2 kVA.
: Lamp bank.
: Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balance.
Flow sensor and indictor.
Pressure gauge.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Water brake dynamometer instead of mechanical
brake dynamometer. In this case,
connection to the turbine with generator is by
pulleys or direct coupling to the turbine without the
generator.
and software for data display and analysis by
.
.

Net weight
: 110 x 180 x 175 cm

: Approx. 450 kg
W 070913
HT 701 MINI PELTON/FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained bench top set of Pelton and Francis turbines,
designed for studying the turbine characteristics under various flow rates
and heads.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank on a steel base, a Pelton and
a Francis turbines connected in parallel, a dynamometer for each turbine,
and measuring instruments. Control valves are provided to vary the head
and the flow rate of water to the turbines.
TYPICAL TESTS
Each turbine can be tested on the following
..
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Mini
Pelton turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
.Mini
Francis turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
.Pump
..Dynamometer
- Torques
- Speeds
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
: Stainless steel runner, nozzle and casing with transparent window to observe hydraulic action.
: Bronze runner.
: Adjustable guide vanes. Non corrosion metal casing with transparent window to observe
: 0.55 kW.
: Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
Pressure gauges at turbine inlets.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
DC generator with lamp load, voltmeter,
ammeter for one of the turbines.
Compact Pelton/ Francis Turbine Computer
Interface
This includes sensors, instead of water meter,
pressure gauge, portable tachometer, and spring balances;
computer interface unit, and software for data display and
analysis by computer (separately supplied).
Mini Kaplan turbine unit
Capable of generating over 15 W of brake power,
stainless steel runner, adjustable guide vanes, non
corrosion metal casing with transparent window and
runner section.
The unit supplied with storage tank.
Mini Axial flow impulse turbine unit
Capable of generating over 25 W of brake power, stainless steel runner, stainless steel twin nozzles, stainless steel casing
with transparent discharge window. The unit supplied with storage tank.
.
.
.
.

Net weight
: 45 x 106 x 110 cm
: Approx. 90 kg
W 070913
HT 702 COMPACT PELTON/FRANCIS TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained set of Pelton and Francis turbines, designed for
studying the turbine characteristics under various flow rates and heads.
The unit consists of a pump, a storage tank, a Pelton and a Francis
turbines connected in parallel, a dynamometer for each turbine, and
measuring instruments. The unit is on adjustable foothing.
TYPICAL TESTS
Each turbine can be tested on the following :
.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Pelton turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
.Francis
turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
..Pump
Dynamometer
.Measuring
instruments :
- Torques
- Speeds
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
:
:
:
:

Stainless steel nozzle.
: Bronze runner.
: Bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes and transparent window to observe guide
vane position.
: Stainless steel shaft with mechanical seal.
: 2.2 kW.
: Water brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
One speed sensor for each turbine with a common indicator and a selection switch.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
DC generator with lamp load, voltmeter, and ammeter for one of the turbines.
Compact Pelton/ Francis Turbine Computer Interface
..

Net weight
: 80 x 160 x 170 cm
: Approx. 210 kg
W 070913
HT 703 MULTI TURBINE TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a self contained set of three different types of turbine namely-Pelton, Francis, Cross Flow, designed for studying the turbine
The unit consists of a pump and a storage tank, turbine units connected in parallel, a dynamometer for each turbine, and measuring
instruments. The unit is on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
Each turbine can be tested on the following :
..
..

TECHNICAL DATA
Pelton turbine :
- Construction
power
.Francis-- Maximum
turbine :
Construction
- Maximum power
.Cross Flow
turbine :
- Construction
- Maximum power
..Pump
.Dynamometer
- Torques
- Speeds
- Flow rate
- Pressures
Power supply
:
:
:
:

Stainless steel nozzle and shaft with a mechanical seal.
:
:
:
:
Bronze runner.
Bronze casing with adjustable guide vanes and transparent window to observe guide vane position.
Stainless steel shaft with mechanical seal.
:
:
:
:
:

2.2 kW.
Water brake.
:
:
:
:
:
Spring balances.
One speed sensor for each turbine with a common indicator and a selection switch.
A common flow sensor and indicator.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
DC generator with lamp load, voltmeter and
ammeter for one of the turbines.
HT 703-050 Multi Turbine Computer Interface
unit, and software for data display and
analysis by computer (separately supplied)
Kaplan turbine unit capable of generating
400 W of brake power ; stainless steel runner, bronze
casing with adjustable guide vanes; transparent
window and runner section; water brake absorber,
spring balance, speed sensor and pressure gauge.
.
.
.

Net Weight
: 96 x 280 x 150 cm
: Approx. 380 kg
W 070913
HT 903 MINI HYDRO POWER PLANT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
power generation by a hydraulic turbine.
The unit consist of a storage tank and a pump to
simulate a dam reservoir, a cross flow hydraulic
turbine, a generator which is connected to the turbine
by a V-belt, a lamp load bank, a dynamometer, and
measuring instrument.
TYPICAL DEMONSTRATION AND TEST
.. Mechanical
Turbine torque vs speed at various heads and flow rates.
power output vs speed for various heads and flow rates.
.. Mechanical
efficiency vs speed for a given head and flow rate.
Electrical power output at various heads and flow rates.
. Overall power plant efficiency at various electrical loads.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Turbine
:
Type
- Construction
- Maximum power
.. Pump
Generator
.. Electrical
load
Dynamometer
.
- Torque
- Speeds
- Flow rate
- Pressure
- Electrical output power
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Cross Flow.
400 W of mechanical power.
2.2 kW.
1 kVA.
Electrical output upto 300 W.
Lamp bank.
Mechanical brake.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Torque sensor and indicator.

Speed sensors for turbine and generator, and a common indicator with a selector switch.
Pressure sensor and indicator.
Voltmeter, and ammeter.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HT 903-050 Computer Interface
This includes computer interface unit,
and software for data display and analysis by

Net weight
: 70 x 170 x 90 cm
: Approx. 165 kg
W 040913
HT 910 LOW HEAD HYDRAULIC TURBINE TEST RIG
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This test facility was design and developed jointly with The Joint Graduate School of Energy and Environment (five institutions).
It is intended for use in designing small low head turbines from large hydropower plant discharge.
The test rig provides water flow as well as measuring instruments. Flow is generated by a centrifugal pump. A head tank in front of
the test section is provided to simulate a static head and another tank is provided after the test section. Flow rate and head can be
varied by an inverter, a flow control valve at the pump discharge and a flow control valve of the return line between pump discharge
and pump suction. An output shaft with a hydraulic dynamometer is provided at the test section for measurement of the designed
turbine speed and torque, hence the turbine output.
TEST CAPABILITY
This is an ideal facility to simulate flow conditions of the actual site. The turbine input (flow rate and head) and output (speed and
torque) can be accurately monitored. Thus the most efficient prototype turbine can be designed, developed and tested.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pump ratings
.. Motor
pipe
. Circulating
Test section
.. Dynamometer
tank at upstream of test section
. Head
Tail tank after test section
. -Measuring
instruments :
Flow rate
.
- Pressures
- Speed
- Torque
Power supply
: Maximum flow rate over 1300 m3/hr.

Maximum head over 15 m H2O.
: 75 kW.
: 300 mm diameter.
: 300 mm diameter x 750 mm long.
: Water brake absorber.
: 950 mm diameter x 3 m long.
: 1430 mm diameter x 2.2 m long.
:
:
:
:
:
Electromagnetic flow sensor and an indicator.

Pressure sensors and indicators at test section entrance and exit.
Load cell with a torque indicator.
380V, 3Ph, 50Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HT 910-050 Computer Interface
This includes computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).

Net weight
: Approx. One 40 ft. container.

: Approx. 3500 kg.
W 040913
AIR FLOW AND AIR COMPRESSION
MP 100 AIR FLOW BENCH

A centrifugal fan blower with 0.75 kW motor, inlet pipe,
outlet pipe with damper, flow straighteners, orifice plate,
nozzle, inlet cone, travelling pitot, inclined and multi tube
manometers and other optional items.
MP 111 MULTI STAGE CENTRIFUGAL AIR COMPRESSOR

A bench top unit with 1 kW two stage compressor, inlet orifice,
outlet damper, sensors and software.
To be used with HP102, HP107 and computer.
MP 119 CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER TEST SET

A centrifugal blower and 1.5 kW motor with an advanced
inverter, outlet damper, flow straighteners, orifice plate,
Venturi nozzle and inclined manometers and other measuring
instruments.
MP 110 CENTRIFUGAL FAN DEMONSTRATION UNIT,

Computer Interface
A bench top unit with centrifugal fan, 0.37kW motor, inlet
orifice, outlet damper; sensors and software.
and computer.
MP 115 COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL FAN TEST SET

Bench top unit with centrifugal fan, 0.37 kW motor,
advanced inverter, inlet orifice, outlet damper, water
manometer, hand tachometer, thermometer and
barometer.
MP 121 AXIAL FLOW FAN DEMONSTRATION UNIT,

Computer Interface
A bench top unit with 24W axial flow fan and motor,
inlet orifice, outlet damper, flow straighteners, sensors
and software. To be used with computer.
MP 124 AXIAL FLOW FAN TEST SET

Axial flow fan with 2.2 kW motor and an advanced inverter,
flow straightener, guide vane, outlet damper, measuring
instruments and other optional items.
MP 125 COMPACT AXIAL FLOW FAN TEST SET

Bench top unit with 24 W axial flow fan and motor, inlet
orifice, outlet damper, speed indicator, water
manometer, ammeter, voltmeter, thermometer and
barometer.
MP 142 FLOW VISUALIZATION WIND TUNNEL

This a self contained unit for visualization of air flow stream
lines around models. It consist of a stilling entrance, a Viewing
Window, models, a smoke generator and distributor and a
small blower
MP 201 SINGLE STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR

TEST SET, Air Cooled
A single stage air cooled air compressor with 1.5 kW
motor and an advanced inverter ; air box with inlet
orifice and inclined manometer, air receiver and
MP 202 TWO STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR TEST SET,

Air Cooled
A two stage air cooled air compressor with 2.2 kW motor and an
advanced inverter, air box, with orifice and inclined manometer,
air receiver and measuring instruments.

Air-Water Cooled
A two stage air cooled air compressor with 2.2 kW
motor and an advanced inverter, different speeds for
the two stages, water cooled intercooler, air box with
orifice and inclined manometer, air receiver and

Water Cooled
A water cooled two stage air compressor with 15 kW motor and
an advanced inverter, water cooled intercooler and after cooler,
air box with orifice and inclined manometer, air receiver and
MP 330D SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL, Downstream Fan

An axial flow fan with 3.75 kW variable speed motor, 300 mm x
300 mm test section, maximum air speed over 30 m/sec., two
components balance, various accessories and models.
MP 315D SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL,

Downstream Fan
An axial fax with 1.1 kW variable speed motor, 150 mm
x 150 mm test section, maximum air speed over 30
m/sec, two component balance, various accessories
and models.
MP 330U SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL,

Upstream Fan
An axial flow fan with 3.75 kW variable speed motor,
300 mm x 300 mm test section, maximum air speed
over 25 m/sec, two components balance, various
MP 330UH SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL, Upstream Fan

Similar to MP 330U but with 11 kW fan and maximum air speed
over 60 m/sec.
MP 100 AIR FLOW BENCH

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the
air flow measurement and air flow
characterisfies in optional apparatus.
The set uses an industrial type centrifugal
blower with inlet and outlet ducts, flow
straighteners, a damper, various flow
measuring devices using manometers for
the study of air flow measurement
according to BS 848 and 1042, ISO 5167.
Various measuring devices for the study
of air flow are provided as an option.
TYPICAL TESTS (Including optional accessories)
.. Air
flow measurement.
Bernoullis experiment.
..AirFlowflowaround
a bend.
in pipes.
.. Free
jet study.
Air flow drag.
.. Boundary
layer.
Flow Visualization
TECHNICAL DATA
Blower ratings :
- Maximum flow rate (unchoked)
: 12 m3/min.
- Maximum head ( fully choked)
: 80 mm. water.
Inlet duct with flow straightener.
Outlet duct with flow straightener and damper.
- Air flow rate
: Venturi nozzle, orifice plate, inlet cone, and traveling pitot using inclined water
manometer.
- Differential pressures
: Two inclined water manometers., 0-450 mm x 1 mm graduation, multiple slope.
Accessories
: Aneroid barometer and thermometer.
Power supply
.
..
.
..
Net shipping dimensions WxLxH

Net weight
: 75 x 245 x 130 cm (fully installed 75x275x200 cm)

: Approx. 200 kg
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MP 100-010
Anemometer, 0-20 m/s
MP 100-011M Multiport differential pressure sensor and indicator, 0-250 mm water.
..
. MP 100-021 14 Tube Water Manometer
. MP 100-022 Bernoullis Experiment Apparatus.
W 040913
. MP 100-023 Flow Around a Bend Apparatus.
. MP 100-025 Dispersion of Jet Apparatus.
. MP 100-024 Air Flow in Pipe Apparatus
. MP 100-028 Drag Apparatus.
. MP 100-029 Boundary Layer Apparatus.
W 040913
MP 110 CENTRIFUGAL FAN DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
MP 110 with HP 104 and computer
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the small centrifugal fan characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of a small industrial centrifugal fan with a backward blade impeller and a motor on a steel base, inlet and outlet
ducts, sensors, and software. An interchangeable forward blade impeller is provided for comparison of operating characteristics.
The unit is to be used with HP104 Advanced inverter for measurement of speed and input power, and a computer interface unit.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Flow rate vs pressure.
Fan input, output and overall efficiency.
Effect of speed on fan performance.
Comparison of backward and forward blade impellers.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan ratings :
Maximum flow rate
: 12 m3/min
Maximum pressure
: 0.8 kPa
Inlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straightener and inlet orifice.
Outlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straightener and a damper.
Sensors :
Sequential differential pressure sensor and indicator for inlet orifice (air flow) and across the fan.
Temperature of air at inlet duct.
Speed of the fan.
Accessories
: A forward blade impeller.
: Aneroid barometer.
Power supply
.
..
.
.
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. HP 104 (required
accessory)
- Inverter
: 0.75 kW.
- Interface unit
: 8 channels.
. MP 110-060
Computer control
This includes control motor, HP 104 Advanced inverter
with computer interface unit, and software for data display,

Net weight
: 64 x 101 x 55 cm
: Approx. 40 kg.
W 040913
MP 111 MULTI STAGE CENTRIFUGAL AIR COMPRESSOR DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface
MP 111 with HP 102, HP 107 and computer
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the multi stage centrifugal air compressor characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of a small multi stage air compressor with a motor on a steel base, inlet and outlet ducts, sensors and software.
The unit is to be used with a computer interface and power measurement unit. Speed control is by variac.
TEST CAPABILITIES
Flow rate vs pressure.
Compressor input, output, and overall efficiency.
Effect of speed on compressor performance.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressor
Type
: 2 stage, centrifugal
Rated maximum flow rate
: 0.03 m3/s
Rated maximum pressure
: 25 kPa
Inlet duct
: Transparent with an orifice.
Outlet duct
: Transparent with a damper.
Variac
: 8 A.
Sensors :
- Sequential differential pressure sensor and indicator for inlet orifice (air flow) and across the fan.
- Air temperature at inlet duct.
- Compressor speed.
Computer interface and power measurement unit :
Computer interface
: 8 channels.
Watt sensor
: 1 ea.
Aneroid barometer.
Power supply
..
..
..
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.MP 111-060
Computer Control
This includes control motor, HP 102 Variac
speed control, HP 107 Computer interface power
measurement unit, and software for data display, analysis

Net weight
: 55 x 82 x 35 cm
: Approx. 23 kg
W 040913
MP 115 COMPACT CENTRIFUGAL FAN TEST SET
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for studying the small centrifugal fan characteristics.
The unit consists of a small industrial centrifugal fan with a backward blade impeller and a motor on a steel base, an advanced
inverter, inlet and outlet ducts, and measuring instruments. An interchangeable forward blade impeller is provided for comparison of
operating characteristics.
TEST CAPABILITIES
..Flow
rate vs pressure.
..Effect
of speed on fan performance.
Comparison of backward and forward blade impellers.
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan ratings :
- Maximum flow rate
: 12 m3/min.
- Maximum pressure
: 0.8 kPa.
Inlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straighteners and inlet orifice.
Outlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straighteners and a damper.
- Flow measurement
: Inlet orifice and an inclined water manometer, 0-450 mm x 1 mm graduation, multiple slope.
- Differential pressure across fan : Inclined water manometer , 0-450 mm x 1 mm graduation, multiple slope.
- Thermometer and barometer
Accessory
: A forward blade impeller.
Power supply
.
..
.
..

Net weight
: 64 x 101 x 55 cm
: Approx. 40 kg.
W 040913
MP 119 CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This a bench top unit for studying the centrifugal blower characteristics.
The unit consists of an industrial type centrifugal blower with a motor and an inverter, inlet and outlet ducts with flow straighteners,
a damper, and measuring instruments. The design is based on BS 848 and ISO 1042. Extra blades are provided for comparison
study.
TYPICAL TESTS
Inlet and discharge pressures vs blower speed.
Flow rate vs speed.
Blower input, output and efficiency.
Comparison of backward, radial, and forward blade impellers.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
.Blower
rating at 2900 rpm :
- Maximum flow rate (unchoked)
: Over 15 m /min.
- Maximum head ( fully choked)
: Over 150 mm. water.
..Inlet
duct with flow straightener.
duct with flow straightener and damper.
.Outlet
- Air flow rate
: Inlet orifice plate or Venturi nozzle using inclined water manometer.
3
..
: Two inclined water manometers (one for airflow rate)., 0-450 mm x 1 mm graduation, multiple slope.
- Air pressure and temperature : Aneroid barometer and thermometer.
Accessories
: 2 extra impellers with radial and forward blade designs.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MP 119-050 Computer Interface
This includes , computer interface unit, and software for
data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).

Net weight
: 85 x 245 x 75 cm
: Approx. 160 kg
W 040913
MP 121 AXIAL FLOW FAN DEMONSTRATION UNIT, Computer Interface

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for a study of axial flow fan characteristics with data analysis by computer.
The unit consists of a small axial flow fan with DC motor on a steel base, a speed control switch, inlet and outlet ducts, an interface
box, sensors, and software. The box includes power supply for the fan and computer interface unit. It also provides interface ports to
sensors and computer.
The unit is to be use with a computer (separately supplied).
MP 121 with computer

TEST CAPABILITIES
Flow rate VS pressure
Effect of speed on fan performance.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Fan
Type
..
.
: Axial flow with guide vane.

Rated maximum flow rate : 2.5 m3/min
Rated maximum pressure : 0.10 kPa
Inlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straighteners and inlet orifice.
Outlet duct
: Transparent, with flow straighteners and a damper.
Sensors :
- Sequential differential pressure sensor and indicator for inlet orifice (air flow) and across the fan.
- Speed of the fan.
- Temperature of air at inlet duct.
- Input voltage
- Input current
Aneroid barometer.
Computer interface unit
Power supply
:
..
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.MP 121-060
Computer Control
This includes control motor, and software,
for data display, analysis, and control by computer

Net weight
: 57 x 122 x 33 cm
: Approx. 30 kg.
W 040913
MP 124 AXIAL FLOW FAN TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top set for studying industrial type axial flow fan characteristies.
The unit consists of a single stage variable pitch axial flow fan and motor, inlet and outlet ducts, and instruments for measurement of
air flow rate, pressures, and temperature. The unit is on wheels.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Flow
rate vs pressure.
Fan input, output and
. efficiency.
Effect of speed on fan
performance.
. onEffect
of impeller pitch angle
fan performance.
. performance
Effect of guide vane on fan
(optional).
TECHNICAL DATA
. Fan- Diameter
:
: 380 mm (approx).
: Single stage, aerofoil aluminium blades.
: Adjustable pitch angle.
- Rated maximum flow rate : 4,000 m3/h.
- Rated maximum pressure : 35 mm water.
Inlet duct with inlet cone and a flow straightener.
Outlet duct with flow straightener and a damper.
Speed control
: Inverter.
- Air flow rate
: Travelling pitot and inlet cone and an inclined water manometer , 0-450 mm, multiple slope.
: Inclined water manometer, 0-450 mm, multiple slope.
Aneroid barometer and thermometer.
Power supply
- Impeller construction
..
..
..

Net weight
: 85 x 360 x 130 cm
: Approx. 430 kg
W 110613
MP 125 COMPACT AXIAL FLOW FAN TEST SET

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top unit for a studying of axial flow fan characteristics.
The unit consists of a small axial flow fan with DC motor on a steel base, a speed control switch, inlet and outlet ducts, and
TEST CAPABILITIES
..Flow
rate vs pressure
.Effect of speed on fan performance.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Fan
..
..
.
Type
:
Rated maximum flow rate :
Rated maximum pressure :
Speed control
:
Inlet duct
:
Outlet duct
:
- Air flow
:
- Differential pressure across fan:
- Speed sensor and indicator.
- Input power
:
- Thermometer and barometer.
Power supply
:
Axial flow with guide vane.

2.5 m3/min
0.10 kPa
Motor input voltage.
Transparent, with flow straighteners and inlet orifice.
Transparent, with flow straighteners and a damper.
Inlet orifice with 0-450 mm inclined water manometer, multiple slope.
0-450 inclined water manometer, multiple slope.

Net weight
: 57 x 122 x 33 cm
: Approx. 35 kg.
W 040913
MP 142 FLOW VISUALIZATION WIND TUNNEL
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is intended for visualization of stream lines flow around models.
The apparatus consists of a stilling entrance, a contraction section with air flow straighteres, a streamlines distributor, a viewing
window, an air blower, and a smoke generator.
Air flow is controlled by the blower damper and the outlet valve. The window has a black back ground and side lights are provided
for better visualization of the streamlines. Three models an aerofoil, a cylinder, and a square are supplied. Other models can be
made by students.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
..
..
Laminar and turbulence flow observation.

Flow patterns around bodies.
Boundary separation on bodies.
Effects of angle of attack.
TECHNICAL DATA
Viewing window
Number of streamlines
Smoke generator
Blower
Models
Model rotation
Power supply
..
..
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
180 x 250 mm
18
1 ea. with smoke fluid.
1 ea.
1 ea aerofoil NACA 0015 profile, cylinder, square, automobile.
180 degrees.
OPTIONAL ITEM
Addition smoke fluid, 4 l.
Net unpacked shipping dimensions WxLxH

Net weight
: 55 x 60 x 145 cm
: 55 kg
W 040913
MP 201 SINGLE STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR TEST SET, Air Cooled.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The test set is for studying the single stage reciprocating
air compressor characteristics.
An industrial type compressor is driven via a vee-belt by
a motor with an advanced inverter. The air receiver has
a safety valve, a drain valve and a discharge valve. The unit
is equipped with necessary measuring instruments and is on
wheels.
TYPICAL TEST
Compressor characteristics eg. volumetric efficiency,
isothermal efficiency, brake horsepower, pressure ratio,
temperature ratio.
Effect of compressor speed.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressors:
- Type
- Displacement
- Maximum working pressure
Air receiver
- Speed
- Pressure
- Air flow rate
- Motor speed and input power
- Temperatures
Accessory
Power supply
.
.
.
..
:
:
:
:
Air-cooled, single stage.

Approx 300 ml.
8 kg/cm2
Approx.90 l or as requested with safety valve, drain valve and discharge valve
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Speed sensor and an indicator for the compressor.

Pressure gauge at compressor outlet.
Inlet orifice plate with an air box and an inclined water manometer.
Advanced inverter.
Air inlet and outlet.
Aneroid barometer
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MP 200-030 P-V diagram set consisting of pressure
sensor with signal converter and software for demonstration
of the diagram on computer (separately supplied)
software for data display on computer (separately supplied).
Motor dynamometer with standard inverter, torque and speed
sensors and indicators instead of advanced inverter for
measurement of true input power.
.
.
.

Net weight
: 80 x 135 x 135 cm
: Approx. 160 kg
W 040913
MP 202 TWO STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR TEST SET, Air Cooled.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The test set is for studying the two stage reciprocating air
compressor characteristics.
An industrial type compressor is driven via a vee-belt by a
motor with an advanced inverter. Air cooling between the two
stages is by finned tubes. The air receiver has a safety valve, a
drain valve and a discharge valve. The unit is equipped with
necessary measuring instruments and is on wheels.
TYPICAL TEST
. Compressor characteristics eg. volumetric efficiency,

isothermal efficiency, brake horsepower, pressure ratio,
ratio.
. temperature
.. Effect
of inter cooling (optional).
Air water heat exchanger demonstration (optional).
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressors:
- Type
- Displacement
Air receiver
- Speed
- Pressures
- Air flow rate
- Temperatures
Accessory
Power supply
..
.
.
: Air cooled, two stage.

: Approx 300 ml.
: 12 kg/cm2 .
: Approx. 90 l or as requested with a safety valve, a drain valve and a discharge valve.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Speed sensor and indicator for the compressor.

Pressure gauges at first stage and second stage outlets.
Advanced inverter.
Air inlet and outlet of each stage.
Aneroid barometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MP 202-013 Intercooler
This consists of a water cooled inter cooler unit with
a rota meter, temperature sensors and an indicator for cooling
water.
software for data display on computer (separately supplied).
sensor with signal converter and software for demonstration
of the diagram on computer (separately supplied)
Motor dynamometer with standard inverter, torque and
speed sensors and indicators instead of advanced inverter
for measurement of true input power.
.
.
.
.

Net weight
: Approx. 200 kg
W 040913
MP 203 TWO STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR TEST SET, Air-Water Cooled.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The test set is for studying the two stage
reciprocating air compressor characteristics.
For educational purpose, the two stages are
separated and can be operated at different speeds.
Both stages are connected by vee-belts to the same
motor with an advanced inverter. The second stage
compressor has three alternative pulleys to vary the
pressure ratio between the two stages. An
intercooler is provided between first and second
stage. The air receiver has a drain valve, a safety
valve and a discharge valve. The piping system is
arranged such that intercooler or second stage
compressor can be by passed. The unit is equipped
with necessary measuring instruments and is on
wheels
TYPICAL TEST
Compressor characteristics eg. volumetric
efficiency, isothermal efficiency, brake
horsepower, pressure ratio, temperature ratio.
Effect of intercooler.
Effect of second stage drive ratio.
.
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressors:
- Type
- Displacement
- Second stage
Air receiver
Intercooler
Measuring instruments.
- Speeds
- Pressures
- Air flow rate
- Temperatures
- Cooling water flow rate
Accessory
Power supply
.
..
.
..
:
:
:
:
:
:
Air-cooled, two stage.

Approx 300 ml.
Completed with three different diameter pulleys.
12 kg/ cm2
Approx 90 l or as requested.
Water cooled, counter flow heat exchanger.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Two speed sensors for compressors with selector switch, and an indicator
Pressure gauges at first stage and second stage outlets, and air receiver.
Advanced inverter.
Air inlet and outlet of each stage, cooling water inlet and outlet.
Rotameter.
Aneroid barometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
sensor with signal converter and software for
demonstration of the diagram on computer
software for data display on computer
.
.

Net weight
: 140 x 240 x 160 cm

: Approx. 531 kg
W 040913
MP 210 TWO STAGE AIR COMPRESSOR TEST SET, Water Cooled

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The set is used for studying the gas
thermodynamics including First Law of
Thermodynamics, fluid flow measurement and
gas compression for a two stage air compressor.
Each stage has one cylinder on a common
crank shaft driven by a motor with an advanced
inverter. Cylinder heads and jackets,
intercooler, and after cooler are water cooled
with an open circuit cooling system (closed
circuit system is optional). The air receiver has
a drain valve, a safety valve, and a discharge
valve. The unit is equipped with necessary
TYPICAL TEST
Compressor characteristics eg. volumetric efficiency, brake horse power pressure ratio, temperature, ratio.
Heat balance in compression process.
Effect of intercooler.
Effect at compressor speed.
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressors:
- Type
- First stage
..
.
- Second stage
- Maximum pressure
Air receiver
Cooling water
- Speed
- Pressures
- Air flow rate
- Temperatures
Cooling water flow rates

.. -Accessory
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Two stage water cooled.

Twin cylinder.
Flow rate 1800 lt/min.
Twin cylinder.
15 kg/ cm2.
At least 500 lt with a safety valve, a drain valve and a discharge valve.
For cylinder head and jacket, intercooler, and after cooler.
: Speed sensor and an indicator for the compressor.

: Pressure gauges at first stage and second stage outlets, and air receiver and
receiver discharge.
: Inlet orifice plate with an air box and an inclined water manometer.
: Advanced inverter.
: Air inlet and outlet of each stage and air receiver and receiver discharge.
: Cooling water inlet and outlet
: 3 ea Rotameter for cylinder heads, jackets, and intercooler.
: Aneroid barometer.
: 380V 3 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. pressure
MP 200-030 P-V diagram set consisting of
sensor with signal converter and software
for demonstration of the diagram on computer (separately supplied)
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : NA
Net weight
: NA
W 040913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The wind tunnel is an open circuit down stream fan type designed for studying the subsonic aerodynamics. It is to be used with
The air enters the tunnel via a wire mesh screen and a flow straightener. A high contraction ratio section ensure uniform velocity
across the transparent test section. Downstream of the working section is a low angle diffuser which terminates at the tunnel fan. The
diffuser and contraction sections have a high quality internal finish to minimize the boundary layer effects. The fan impeller blades
are of an aerofoil design cast aluminum to ensure maximum aerodynamic efficiency and minimum turbulence. Fan speed is
adjustable by an inverter.
Four equally spaced static pressure taps are connected to a manifold to minimize effects from a model. Air speed is indicated by an
inclined manometer and a calibration graph. Models are mounted on two components balance support with indicators for
measurement of drag and lift. Model holder can be rotated to allow quick change on the angle of incidence. This angle is indicated
on an angular scale.
The tunnel is on a frame with adjustable footings for table top mounting.
EXPERIMENT CAPABILITIES
Pressure and velocity measurement.
Estimation of drag coefficients of various bodies, eg. sphere, hemisphere, disc, streamlined shape etc.
Estimation of drag and lift coefficients of an aerofoil.
Pressure distribution around a cylinder.
Investigation of boundary layer at a flat plate by measuring total head distribution.
Stream lines visualization using a smoke generator.
Wakes behind models.
..
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -FanDiameter
:
Impeller
.. -Contraction
area ratio
Test section
.. Maximum
air velocity
- Water manometer
.
- Wind velocity
- Lift and drag
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
300 mm.
Single stage, aerofoil blade.
9.5.
150 mm x 150 mm x 450 mm long, transparent on three sides.
Over 30 m/s.
:
:
:
:
Twin type.
Multiple taps contraction section differential pressure with velocity calibration graph.
Two component balance for measurement of lift and drag.
OPTIONAL MEASURING ACCESSORIES

Three component balance for measurement of lift, drag, and pitching instead of two component balance.
Anemometer for velocity measurement.
Angle sensor with digital indicator for model angular position.
Multitube inclined water manometer : 16 tubes x 450 mm x 1 mm graduation.
: Multi slope.
16 point differential pressure sensor with sequential readings instead of multitube inclined water manometer.
Pitot-static probe, stainless steel
Yaw probe, three tube type with clamp
Wake survey rake
Smoke generator, set
OPTIONAL MODELS FOR LIFT AND DRAG
Models for a study of lift, drag and pitching include :
Sphere
Hemisphere
Circular disc
Circular ring
Square plate
Vane
Cylinder
Streamlined shape
Aerofoil, aluminium
Aerofoil with slot and flap, aluminium and stainless steel
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
W 040913
OPTIONAL MODELS AND ACCESSROIES FOR INDIVIDUAL STUDY

Pressure wing
Pressure cylinder
Boundary layer plate with probe.
This package consists of a computer interface unit, software, and required sensors (optional) for:
. Control of wind velocity.
. Display of:
- Wind velocity, lift, drag, pitching moment, and angle of attack.
- Coefficient of lift, drag, and pitching moment.
- Pressure distribution.
On a note book or a touch screen computer (Separately supplied).
..
..
-

Net weight
: 55 x 290 x 76 cm
: Approx. 130 kg
W 040913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The wind tunnel is an open circuit down stream fan type designed for studying the subsonic aerodynamics. It is to be used with
The air enters the tunnel via an entrance flare. A flow straightener, three wire mesh screens, and a high contraction ratio section
ensure uniform velocity across the transparent test section. Downstream of the working section is a low angle diffuser which
terminates at the tunnel fan. The diffuser and contraction sections have a high quality internal finish to minimize the boundary layer
effects. The fan impeller blades are of an aerofoil design cast aluminum to ensure maximum aerodynamic efficiency and minimum
turbulence. Fan speed is adjustable by an inverter.
Four equally spaced static pressure taps are connected to a manifold to minimize effects from a model. Air speed is indicated by an
inclined manometer and a calibration graph. Models are mounted on two components balance support with indicators for
measurement of drag and lift. Model holder can be rotated to allow quick change on the angle of incidence. This angle is indicated
The tunnel is mounted on a steel table on wheels.
Estimation of drag coefficients of various bodies, eg. sphere, hemisphere, disc, streamlined shape etc.
Estimation of drag and lift coefficients of an aerofoil.
Pressure distribution around an aerofoil or a cylinder.
Effects of instability of a flutter Wing.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Fan :
.
.
.
.
-
- Diameter
- Impeller
Contraction area ratio
Test Section
Maximum air velocity
- Water manometer
- Wind velocity
:
:
:
:
:
500 mm.
Single stage, aerofoil aluminum blade.
7:1.
300 mm x 300 mm x 600 mm long, transparent on three sides.
Over 30 m/s.
:
:
- Lift and drag
:
:
Twin type.
Multiple taps contraction section differential pressure with velocity calibration graph (to be
used with inclined water manometer above).
.Power supply
W 040913
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Three component balance for measurement of lift, drag, and pitching instead of two component balance.
Velocity (differential pressure) sensor and indicator
Exhaust silencer.
Multitube inclined water manometer
: 16 tubes x 450 mm x 1 mm. graduation.
16 point differential pressure sensor with sequential readings instead of multitube inclined water manometer
Wake survey rake
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
OPTIONAL MODELS
Sphere
Hemisphere
Circular disc
Circular ring
Square plate
Vane
Cylinder
Streamlined shape
Aerofoil
Model air plane
Model automobile
Aerofoil with slot and flap
OPTIONAL MODELS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INDIVIDUAL STUDY
Flutter wing
Pressure wing
Pressure cylinder
Boundary layer plate with probe..
Computer Interface
. Display of:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
W 040913
MP 330 U SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL, Upstream Fan
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The wind tunnel is an open circuit upstream fan type, designed for studying the subsonic aerodynamics. It is to be used with optional
An axial flow fan delivers air through a diffuser, aluminum tube flow straigthener, three wire mesh screens and a high contraction ratio
section to ensure uniform velocity across the transparent test section. The diffuser and contraction sections have a high quality internal
finish to minimize the boundary effects. The fan impeller blades are of an aerofoil design cast aluminum to ensure maximum
aerodynamic efficiency and minimum turbulence. The fan speed is adjustable by an inverter.
Four equally spaced static pressure taps are connected to a manifold to minimize effects from a model and air speed is indicated by
an inclined manometer and a calibration graph. Models are mounted on two components load cell support with indicators for
measurement of drag and lift. Model holder can be rotated to allow quick change on the angle of incidence, this angle is indicated
The wind tunnel is mounted on a steel table on wheels.
Estimation of drag coefficients of various bodies, eg. sphere, hemisphere, disc, plate, streamlined shape etc.
Estimation of drag lift and pitching coefficients of an aerofoil.
..
..
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan :
- Diameter
- Impeller
Test Section
- Water manometer
- Wind velocity
.
..
..
-
- Lift and drag
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
500 mm.
7:1.
300 mm x 300 mm x 600 mm long, transparentor on three sides.
Over 30 m/s.
:
:
Twin type.
Contraction section differential pressure with inclined water manometer and velocity
calibration graph (to be used with inclined water manometer above).
- Angular scale 180 degrees.
380 V . 3 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
:
:
W 040913
Three component balance for measurement of lift, drag, and pitching instead of two component balance..
Wake survey rake
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL MODELS
Sphere
Hemisphere
Circular disc
Circular ring
Square plate:
Vane
Cylinder
Streamlined shape
Aerofoil
Model air plane
Model automobile
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Flutter wing, aluminium aerofoil on steel frame.
Pressure wing, aluminium
- Number of taping points
Pressure cylinder, plastics
- Number of tapping points
MP 330-057 Boundary layer plate with probe.
. Display of:
.
.
.
.
.
W 040913
MP 330UH SUBSONIC WIND TUNNEL, Upstream Fan, 300 x 300 mm Test Section
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The wind tunnel is an open circuit upstream fan type, designed for studying the subsonic aerodynamics. It is to be used with optional
A dual an axial flow fans delivers air through a diffuser, aluminum tube flow straigthener, three wire mesh screens and a high contraction
ratio section to ensure uniform velocity across the transparent test section. The diffuser and contraction sections have a high quality
internal finish to minimize the boundary effects. The fan impeller blades are of an aerofoil design cast aluminum to ensure maximum
aerodynamic efficiency and minimum turbulence. The fan speed is adjustable by an inverter.
Four equally spaced static pressure taps are connected to a manifold to minimize effects from a model and air speed is indicated by
an inclined manometer and a calibration graph. Models are mounted on two components load cell support with indicators for
measurement of drag and lift. Model holder can be rotated to allow quick change on the angle of incidence, this angle is indicated
The wind tunnel is mounted on a steel table on wheels.
Estimation of drag coefficients of various bodies, eg. sphere, hemisphere, disc, plate, streamlined shape etc.
Estimation of drag lift and pitching coefficients of an aerofoil.
..
..
..
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan :
- Diameter
- Impeller
Test Section
- Water manometer
- Wind velocity
:
:
:
:
:
630 mm.
7:1.
300 mm x 300 mm x 600 mm long, transparentor on three sides.
Over 60 m/s.
:
:
Lift and drag

. -Power
supply
:
:
Twin type.
Contraction section differential pressure with inclined water manometer and velocity
calibration graph (to be used with inclined water manometer above).
380 V . 3 Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
.
..
..
-
W 040913
Three component balance for measurement of lift, drag, and pitching instead of two component balance..
: multiple slope.
Wake survey rake
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL MODELS
Sphere
Hemisphere
Circular disc
Circular ring
Square plate
Vane
Cylinder
Streamlined shape
Aerofoil
Model air plane
Model automobile
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Flutter wing
Pressure wing
Pressure cylinder
Boundary layer plate with probe.
.
.
.
.
. MP 330-150
Computer Interface
. Display of:
W 040913
THERMODYNAMICS
MT501M SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED,

Mechanical Brake Absorber
This test bed is for measurement speed torque, output
power, fuel consumption, air flow rate of a single cylinder
gasoline or diesel engine using basic measuring
instruments.
MT502H SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED,

Water Absorber
The test bed is for measurement of speed, torque,
output power, fuel consumption and air flow rate of
a single cylinder gasoline or diesel engine.
MT 502 HC SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED,

Water Absorber, Computer Control
This test bed is for measurement of speed, torque,
output power, fuel consumption and air flow rate of a
single cylinder gasoline or diesel engine. Engine
throttle and load control are by computer.
MT 503G SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED,

Electric Generator Absorber
An AC generator dynamometer with a single cylinder
engine, accessories and measuring instruments.
MT 505E AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE TEST BED,

Eddy Current Absorber
This test bed is for measurement of speed, torque, output
power, fuel consumption and air flow rate of an automotive
engine.
MT 505HC AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE TEST BED,

Water Absorber, Computer Control
This test bed is for measurement of speed, torque,
output power, fuel consumption and air flow rate of
an automotive engine. Engine throttle and load
control by computer.
MT 507H INDUSTRIAL DIESEL TEST BED, Water Absorber

This test bed for measurement of speed, torque, output power,
fuel consumption of a slow speed, high torque, high power
industrial diesel engine. Capacity : over 600 kW.
Also available : MT 507E INDUSTRIAL DIESEL ENGINE
TEST BED, Eddy Current Absorber,
Water Cooled.
MT 511H MOTOR CYCLE DYNAMOMETER,

Water Absorber
This is a chassis type dynamometer for measurement of
dynamometer speed, torque, output power and vehicle
speed of a motor cycle. Capacity : upto 100 kW.
Optional : Eddy current absorber, Computer interface.
MT 520 EXHAUST GAS COLORIMETER

Stainless steel finned tubes and casing with gas
to water heat exchanger for use on multi cylinder engine.
MT 550 TURBO JET ENGINE, 50N Thrust

A radial flow compressor and an axial flow turbine as in modern
air planes with motor start. Complete with sensors, signal
converter and software for data display, analysis and control by
computer.
Also available : MT 551 TURBO JET ENGINE, 75N Thrust.
MT 552 TURBO JET ENGINE, 120N Thrust.

Similar to MT550 but larger engine and air started.
MT 560 TWO SHAFT GAS TURBINE

A radial flow compressor and axial flow turbine as in
modern power plants. Indirect coupling dynamometer.
Sensors, signal converter with software for data display
and analysis by computer. Maximum power : 3 kW.
TH 101 TRAINING BOILER, 100 kg/hr, 10 kg/cm2

A vertical water tube boiler complete with feed water
system, fuel system, safety devices and control panel.
Optional super heater, condenser, cooling tower, etc.

A vertical water tube boiler complete with feed water
system, fuel system, safety devices and control panel.
Optional super heater, condenser, cooling tower etc.
TH 105A TRAINING BOILER, 500 kg./hr., 10kg/cm2

A two pass fire tube horizontal boiler complete with feed
water system, fuel system, safety devices and control panel.
Optional super heater, condenser, cooling tower etc.
TH 120 MINI STEAM POWER PLANT

An educational miniature power plant consisting of feed
water tank with hand feed pump, gas fired boiler, steam
engine, condenser, generator and lamp loads, prony brake
and measuring instruments. Maximum power : over 5 W
TH 130 MINI STEAM TURBINE POWER PLANT

A miniature modern power plant for education consisting of
feed water tank with hand feed pump, gas fired boiler,
steam turbine, condenser, generator and lamp loads, prony
brake and measuring instruments. Maximum power : 9 W.
Optional gas fired super heater.
TH 135 COMPACT STEAM POWER PLANT,

100 kg/hr boiler
A compact steam turbine power plant for education consisting
of a water tube boiler, feed water system, fuel system, a steam
turbine and a generator, lamp loads, a condenser, and a
cooling tower.
Machanical output : 0.5 kW
TH 136 COMPACT STEAM TURBINE POWER PLANT,

200 kg/hr boiler
A compact steam turbine power plant for education
consisting of a water tube boiler, feed water system, fuel
system, a steam turbine and a generator, lamp loads,
a condenser, and a cooling tower.
Mechanical output : over 1.0 kW.
TH 137 COMPACT STEAMTURBINE POWER PLANT,

300 kg/hr boiler
Similar to TH136 but larger.
Mechanical output : over 1.5 kW.
TH 150 MINI GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT

A radial flow compressor with axial flow turbines as in
modern power plant, indirect coupling AC generator and
lamp loads. Sensors signal converter and software for data
display and analysis by computer. Optional water
dynamometer.
Maximum output : 2 kW., 220V., 1Ph., 50Hz.
TH 201 CONCENTRIC TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER

Two insulated concentric tubes with pump, water
tank, heater and measuring instruments.
TH 203 CONCENTRIC TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER,

Different Tube Metals
Three insulated concentric tubes of stainless steel,
aluminum and copper- with pump, water tank, heater
TH 211 SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER

Shell and 7 inner tubes with water tank, heater,
pump and measuring instruments.
TH 221 PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER

Plate heat exchanger, with pump, water tank, heater
TH 231 JACKETED VESSEL WITH COIL AND STIRRER

A stainless steel jacketed vessel with coil and stirrer,
heater, pump, water tank and measuring instruments.
TH 240 MULTI HEAT EXCHANGER

The unit has three heat exchangers-concentric tube, shell
and tube and plate. Accessories include pump, water tank,
heater and measuring instruments.
Optional : jacketed vessel with coil and stirrer, computer
control.
TH 251 DEMONSTRATION COOLING TOWER

Transparent packed column complete with blower,
circulating pump, stainless steel tanks, heater and
TH 260 BOILING HEAT TRANSFER UNIT

A low boiling point liquid is boiled by a heater in a glass
cylinder. The vapor is condensed by a water cooled
condenser. Instruments are provided for measurement of
temperatures pressure, cooling water flow rate and input
power.
TH 310 HEAT CONDUCTION

A linear and radial heat conduction study unit complete
with cooling system, heater, different heat conduction
materials and cross section, measuring instruments.
TH 312 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF NON METALLIC

MATERIALS, Guarded Hot Plate Method
A non-metallic specimen is clamped between a hot plate
with heater and a cold plate with cooling water. Measuring
instruments are provided.
TH 330 THERMAL RADIATION

Radiant heat source, light source. Radiation measuring
devices and accessories are mounted on aluminum
profile frame with track scale. Measuring instruments.
TH 411 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE,

Vertical Cylinders
The engine is quick start and consists of two vertical
cylinders for hot air generation and power generation and
measuring instruments. Maximum output power 600 mW.
TH 320 FREE AND FORCED CONVECTION

Vertical duct and heater with flat, cylindrical and
fin heating surfaces. Exhaust fan, anemometer
TH 410 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE,

Horizontal Cylinders
The engine consists of two horizontal cylinders for hot
air generation and power generation and measuring
instruments. Maximum output power 1000 mW
TH 413 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE, Twin Power

The engine is quick start with are hot air cylinder and two
water cooled power cylinders, and measuring instruments.
Maximum output power: 3000 mW.
Optional accessories.
TH 501 TEMPERATURE MEASURING BENCH

Demonstration of temperature measuring devices :
resistance, thermister, thermocouple, bimetallic, vapor
pressure, liquid in glass, self adhesive indicator etc.
TH 512 CAR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

3.7 kW motor with compressor, radiator, automotive
air condition fan, R 134a refrigerant and measuring
instruments.
TH 518 RECIRCULATION AIR CONDITIONING UNIT,

With Climatic Chamber
The system has a transparent window. A humidifier, a
preheater, and a reheater are provided in addition to the
normal fan, compressor and cooling unit. A modifier and a
reheater is provided in the climatic chamber.
TH 510 SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

2.5 kW unit, with wall type fan coil and measuring
instruments.
TH 516 LABORATORY AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

The system has a transparent window. A humidifier, a
preheater, and a reheater are provided in addition to the
normal fan, compressor and cooling unit.
TH 520 BASIC REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

115 W compressor, with transparent window
freezer and measuring instruments.
MT501M SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED, Mechanical Brake Absorber

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit provides basic means for testing a single cylinder internal
combustion engine.
The engine is connected to the mechanical brake absorber
dynamometer on the test bed by a direct coupling with a safety
guard. The engine throttle and dynamometer load are manually
controlled. Instruments are provided for measurement of the
absorber torque, speed, fuel flow rate, air flow rate, and
temperatures. Fuel tank and measuring instruments are on a
separate stand.
The test bed requires outside water supply for cooling.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
vs engine speed at various throttle setting.
Engine brake horsepower and efficiency vs speed
.. Specific
fuel consumption
Air/fuel ratio
. Volumetric efficiency
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer
- Type
- Capacity
Engine
- Torque
- Speed
- Fuel flow rate
- Air flow rate
- Temperatures
Power supply
.
..
: Water cooled stainless steel mechanical brake absorber with an anti splashing system.
: Upto 20 kW at 5000 rpm
: Single cylinder gasoline engine with power 3.7 kW or as required.
:
:
:
:
:
:
A spring balance at the dynamometer.

A portable tachometer.
A graduated cylinder and a stop watch.
An air box with, an orifice plate, and an inclined water manometer.
Sensors and an indicator with a selector switch.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
P-V diagram set for gasoline or selected diesel engine.
Additional interchangeable diesel engine.
MT 501-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and
..
.
W 240913
MT 502H SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED, Water Absorber

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a standard test bed for a single cylinder gasoline
or disel engine.
The engine is connected to a water absorber
dynamometer on the test bed by a direct coupling with a
safety guard.
Instruments are provided for measurement of
dynamometer torque and speed, fuel flow rate, air flow
rate, and temperatures
Dynamometer load and engine throttle are manually
controlled.
The fuel tank and the air box are on a stand next to the
engine.
The test bed requires outside water supply for cooling.

TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer
- Maximum torque
- Maximum speed
Engine
- Torque
- Speed
- Fuel flow rate
- Air flow rate
- Temperatures
Power supply
.
..
TYPICAL TESTS
Torque vs engine speed at various throttle setting.
Specific fuel consumption
Air/fuel ratio
Volumetric efficiency
..
..
.
: At 2500 rpm. over 110 Nm.

: 8000 rpm.
: Diesel engine, 5 kW or gasoline engine 3.7 kW power, or as required.
:
:
:
:
:
:
A load cell and and an indicator.

A speed sensor and an indicator.
A graduated cylinder and a stopwatch.
An air box with, an orifice plate, and an inclined water manometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Additional interchangeable engine.
MT 500-030D P-V diagram set for selected engine.
An air cooled eddy current absorber instead of water absorber is used
for the dynamometer.
- Maximum torque
: At 1600 rpm, over 40 N-m.
- Maximum speed
: 5000 rpm.
MT 502-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and software
for data display and analysis by computer
(computer separately supplied).
..
.
W 240913
MT 502HC SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED, Water Absorber, Computer Control
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a test bed for a single cylinder gasoline or diesel
engine with computer control.
The engine is connected to a water absorber dynamometer
on the test bed by a coupling with a safety guard. A fuel tank
with a fuel flow and an air flow measuring instruments are
on a stand next to the engine.
Data display, analysis, and operation control are by
The dynamometer requires outside water supply for cooling.
TYPICAL TESTS
Air/fuel ratio
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer
- Maximum Torque
: At 2500 rpm. over 110 Nm.
- Maximum Speed
: 8000 rpm.
Engine
: Gasoline engine with 3.7 kW or diesel engine 5 kW power, or as required.
Sensors
- Dynamometer torque
- Engine speed
- Fuel flow rate
- Air flow rate
: An air box, an orifice plate, and a differential pressure sensor.
- Temperatures
: Sensors for absorber water, ambient air, and exhaust gas.
Control motors
: For engine throttle and dynamometer load.
Computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis, and control by computer (separately supplied).
Power supply
.
..
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
P-V diagram set for selected engine.
An air cooled eddy current absorber instead of a water brake
absorber is used for the dynamometer.
- Maximum torque
: At 1600 rpm, over 40 N-m
- Maximum speed
: 5000 rpm.
..
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 75x 150 x 100 cm

Net weight
: Approx. 180 kg
W 240913
MT 503G SINGLE CYLINDER ENGINE TEST BED, Electric Generator Absorber

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a small test bed for a small gasoline or diesel engine.
The engine is connected by V-belt with a safety guard to an electric generator absorber dynamometer on the test bed. Heat form the
generator is dissipated by heaters with a fan. Generator load and engine throttle are manually controlled.
A fuel tank and air box are on a stand next to the engine.
Instruments are provided for measurement of engine speed, generator speed and torque, fuel flow rate, air flow rate, and
temperatures.
TYPICAL TESTS
. setting.
Torque vs engine speed at various throttle
. speed
Engine brake horsepower and efficiency vs
.. Specific
fuel consumption
Air/fuel ratio
. Volumetric efficiency

TECHNICAL DATA
Generator capacity :
Load
:
Engine
:
- Torque
:
- Speeds
:
- Fuel flow rate
:
- Air flow rate
:
- Temperatures
:
Power supply
:
..
..
8 kVA.
7 kW heaters.
Single cylinder gasoline or diesel engine upto 5kW.
A load cell and an indicator.
Sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for engine and generator.
A graduated cylinder and a stopwatch.
An air box with a pulse reducer, an orifice plate, and an inclined water manometer.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.. P-V
diagram set for selected engine.
MT 502-050
Computer Interface
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer
W 240913
MT505E AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE TEST BED, Eddy Current Absorber
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is intended for testing automotive engine.
The engine rests on four supports on one end of the test bed. The supports can be adjusted in three directions to accommodate different
size engine. The eddy current absorber dynamometer with speed and torque sensors rests on another end of the test bed. The engine is
connected to the dynamometer by universal joint with a safety guard. Cooling of the engine and the dynamometer, if required, is by a
cooling tower to minimize test room temperature rise. A flexible stainless steel hose is provided for exhaust pipe connection. Engine
throttle and dynamometer load control are by knobs.
Instruments are provided for measurement of dynamometer torque and speed, fuel flow rate, air flow rate and temperatures. All indicators
and control buttons are on a control cabinet.
A fuel tank with fuel flow and air flow measuring instruments are on a stand next to the engine. Other instruments are in the control room.
Photograph with water cooled eddy current absorber
Photograph with air cooled eddy current absorber
TYPICAL TESTS
Torque vs engine speed at various throttle settings.
Engine brake horsepower and efficiency vs speed.
Specific fuel consumption.
Air / fuel ratio.
..
..
.
W 011013
E 130312
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer : Eddy current with speed control unit. Two types are available i.e. air cooled and water cooled.
Air cooled type (MT 505EA)
- Maximum torque : At 2000 rpm, over 350 N-m.
- Maximum speed : 5000 rpm.
Water cooled type (MT 505EW)
- Maximum torque : 2000 4000 rpm, over 300 N-m.
Various sizes are available to match the engine size and characteristics.
Engine
: Good used engine
- Gasoline
: Fuel injection system, 1500cc or larger, with O2 sensor and catalytic converter.
- or Diesel engine : 2400 cc or larger
Cooling system
: Cooling tower with circulating pumps
Sensors and indicators :
- Dynamometer torque and speed.
- Fuel flow rate
- Air flow rate
: An air box with an orifice plate and a differential pressure sensor.
- Temperatures
: Engine cooling water, absorber water, exhaust gas, and ambient air.
Safety features
: A low oil pressure warning lamp, a battery charging lamp, a pump operation lamp, over temperatures for engine
and dynamometer, and propeller shaft guard.
Power supply
.
..
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.. P-V
diagram set for selected diesel engine.
P-V diagram set for gasoline engine.
.. Thermostatic
tank for engine operating temperature control.
MT 505E-050 Computer Interface
This includes a computer interface unit, and software for
data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 011013
E 130312
MT505H AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE TEST BED, Water Absorber

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
size engine. The water absorber dynamometer with speed and torque sensors rests on another end of the test bed. The engine is connected
to the dynamometer by universal joint with a safety guard. Cooling of the engine and the dynamometer is by a cooling tower to minimize
test room temperature rise. A flexible stainless steel hose is provided for exhaust pipe connection. Engine throttle and dynamometer load
control are by knobs.
Instruments are provided for measurement of dynamometer torque and speed, fuel flow rate, air flow rate, and temperatures. All indicators
and control buttons are on a control box.
TYPICAL TESTS
Air / fuel ratio.
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer :
- Maximum torque : At 4000 rpm. over 900 Nm.
Engine
: Good used engine
- Gasoline
Cooling system:
- Torque
: A load cell and an indicator.
- Speed
: A speed sensor and an indicator.
- Fuel flow rate : A graduated cylinder and a stop watch.
- Air flow rate
: An air box with an orifice plate and differential pressure sensor and indicator.
- Temperatures : Sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for engine cooling water, absorber water, exhaust gas, and
ambient air.
Safety features
: A low oil pressure warning lamp, a battery charging lamp, a pump operation lamp, over temperatures for engine
and dynamometer, and a propeller shaft guard.
Power supply
.
.
..
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.. P-V
diagram set for selected diesel engine.
P-V diagram set for gasoline engine.
.. Thermostatic
tank for engine operating temperature control.
MT 505H-050 Computer Interface.
This includes a fuel flow sensor, a computer interface unit, and software for display of sensor data, engine power and efficiency,
air fuel ratio, volumetric efficiency, and specific fuel consumption on computer (separately supplied).
W 011013
MT505HC AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE TEST BED, Water Absorber, Computer Control
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is for testing an automotive engine with computer control.
size engine. The water absorber dynamometer with speed and torque sensors rests on another end of the test bed. The engine is connected
to the dynamometer by universal joint with a safety guard. Cooling of the engine and the dynamometer is by a cooling tower to minimize
test room temperature rise. A flexible stainless steel hose is provided for exhaust pipe connection.
Data display, analysis, and operation control are by a touch screen computer.
TYPICAL TESTS
Air/fuel ratio
..
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer :
- Maximum torque: At 4000 rpm. over 900 Nm.
Engine : Good used engine
- Gasoline
Cooling system
Sensors
- Dynamometer torque, speed and power.
- Fuel flow rate
- Air flow rate
: An air box with an orifice plate and a differential pressure sensor.
- Temperatures
: Engine cooling water, absorber water, exhaust gas, and ambient air.
Safety features
: A low oil pressure warning lamp, a battery charging lamp, a pump operation lamp, over temperatures for
engine and dynamometer, and a propeller shaft guard.
Other accessories
: A battery, an alternator, a starter, and a fuel tank.
Control motors
: For engine throttle and dynamometer load.
Computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis, and control by touch screen computer.
Power supply
.
.
..
.
..
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
P-V diagram set for selected engine.
Thermostatic tank for engine operating temperature control.
..
W 240913
MT 507H INDUSTRIAL DIESEL TEST BED, Water Absorber

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The test bed is intended for low speed, high torque industrial diesel engine.
The engine rests on its supports on a bed frame. The water absorber dynamometer can be either directly attached to the engine fly
wheel or rests on its support and connected to the engine by a universal joint with guard. Cooling of the engine and the dynamometer
is by a cooling tower outside the engine room to minimize temperature rise. A thermo-static tank controls engine operating
temperature. Engine throttle and dynamometer load control are by knobs.
Fuel tank and measuring instruments are in the engine room. Instrument panel indicators and control buttons are in the control room.
TYPICAL TESTS
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamometer :
- Maximum torque : At 2500 rpm. over 3300 N-m.
Cooling system :
- Type
: Cooling tower with circulating pumps.
- Capacity
: Depending on engine size.
Thermostatic tank
: For engine operating temperature control.
Sensors and indicators
- Dynamometer torque, speed and power.
- Fuel flow rate.
- Temperatures
: Engine cooling water, dynamometer water, and ambient air.
Calibration devices
- Torque
: An arm with calibration weights.
- Fuel flow rate
: A graduated cylinder and a stop watch.
Safety features
: A low oil pressure warning lamp, and a pump operation lamp.
Power supply
.
.
..
.
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MT 507-051 Computer Control
This includes a computer interface unit, and software for data display, analysis, and control by
a computer (separately supplied).
Also available MT 507E INDUSTRIAL DIESEL ENGINE TEST BED, Eddy Current Absorber, Water Cooled.
MT 507E is the same as MT 507H except the absorber is a water cooled eddy current type.
- Maximum torque : 2000 N-m at 1000-2000 rpm or about 200 to 450 kW.
.
.
W 011013
MT511H MOTOR CYCLE DYNAMOMETER, Water Absorber.
Photograph includes optional equipment.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a floor mount chassis type dynamometer for testing motor cycle.
It consists of a platform on a steel frame, a medium inertia roll with traction grooves, a water absorber dynamometer with step up drive,
an adjustable wheel base front mount, a roll on ramp, and tie downs. Manual control for both dynamometer load and engine throttle.
Instruments are provided for measurement of vehicle speed, dynamometer speed and torque, fuel flow rate and temperature.
The dynamometer requires outside water supply for cooling.
TYPICAL TESTS
Power and efficiency vs vehicle speed at a throttle position.
Specific fuel consumption vs speed at a throttle position.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Roll
Dynamometer
- Maximum Torque
- Maximum Speed
Wheel base adjustment
Maximum vehicle speed
- Vehicle speed
- Dynamometer speed
- Torque
- Fuel flow rate
- Temperatures
Power supply
..
..
.
.
: Steel.
:
:
:
:
At 2500 rpm. over 110 Nm.

8000 rpm.
Wheel clamp with front screw adjustment.
240 kph.
:
:
:
:
:
:
A roller speed sensor and an indicator.

A speed sensor and an indicator.
A load cell and an indicator.
A graduated cylinder and a stop watch.
A sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for dynamometer water and exhaust gas.
OPTINAL EQUIPMENT
MT511E MOTOR CYCLE DYNAMOMETER, Eddy Current Absorber
An eddy current absorber is used instead of a water absorber.
Capacity : Upto 150 kW continuous power.
MT511-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensor, analog to digital signal converter with software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied)
.
.
W 240913
MT 520 EXHAUST GAS CALORIMETER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is an exhaust gas-water heat exchanger for use with a multi cylinder
engine.
The calorimeter consists of small vertical finned tubes enclosed in an
insulated stainless steel chamber. Exhaust gas from the engine is
connected to the calorimeter and flows around the finned tubes while
cooling water flows inside the tubes. The chamber can be disassembled
for finned tube cleaning. Instruments are provided for measurement of
water flow rate, and temperatures of both exhaust gas and water. The unit
requires an external water supply
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. -Determination
of :
Gas mass flow rate
- Heat carried away be the exhaust gas.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Finned
tubes
- Material
Finned area
.. -Cooling
water flow measurement
Temperature sensors
.. Power
Temperature indicator with a selector switch
supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
Stainless steel.
550 cm2 (approx).
Rotameter.
For exhaust gas and cooling water.
1set.
220V 1Ph 50Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
W 240913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The engine is a bench top unit for a small turbo jet engine with a radial flow compressor and an axial flow turbine as in the modern aviation
industry.
Inlet air through an orifice flow measuring device is compressed by a single stage radial flow compressor. The turbine runs on Jet A fuel.
Fuel is injected and ignited in the combustion chamber providing hot gas for a single stage axial flow turbine. The gas is exhausted through
a nozzle at high velocity providing a thrust. The turbine unit is complete with automatic front motor start, and runs on ceramic bearings.
Lubrication is provided by jet oil in the fuel, and no separate lubrication system is required. An air blower is provided for cooling the
engine.
An Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls the basic turbine operation. Additional instruments are provided for monitoring and controlling
engine operation and performance.
A touch screen computer with an interface unit, and software are provided for speed control, data display and analysis, and to assist the
ECU.
For safety reason, a wire mesh screen in front of the air flow measuring device, an over speed sensor and steel bars around the compressor
and turbine sections are provided.
Understanding the thermodynamic process
Static thrust vs turbine speed
Power input and output and propulsive efficiency.
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
. Engine
construction
- Diffuser
.
- Combustion chamber
- Bearings
- Shaft
- Turbine wheel
- Compressor
Engine performance specifications.
- Maximum static thrust
- Running fuel
:
:
:
:
:
:
High strength aluminium.

Inconel.
Ceramic ball bearing.
High strength steel.
Vacuum cast inconel.
High grade aluminium alloy.
:
:
Upto 50 N
Jet A or Kerosene with jet oil.
W 240913
TECHNICAL DATA
Sensors
- Temperatures
- Pressures
- Thrust.
- Speed.
- Fuel flow rate.
- Air flow rate
Power supply
:
:
Compressor entry, compressor exit, turbine entry, nozzle exit.

Compressor exit, turbine exit.
:
:
An inlet orifice with a differential pressure sensor.

Also available :
MT 551 TURBO JET ENGINE, 75N Thrust. Similar to MT 550 but larger engine.
MT 552 TURBO JET ENGINE, 120N Thrust. Similar to MT 550 but larger engine.
MT 552A TURBO JET ENGINE, 170N Thurst, Similar to MT 550 but larger engine.
W 240913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The engine is a small turbo jet engine with radial flow compressor and an axial flow turbine as in the modern aviation industry.
Inlet air through an orifice flow measuring device is compressed by a single stage radial flow compressor. The turbine is air started
and runs on Jet A feul. The turbine unit is complete with control and monitoring instruments including engine data terminal and
automatic start unit. The turbine runs on ceramic bearings. Lubrication is provided by jet oil in the fuel, and no separate lubrication
system is required. An air blower is provided for cooling the engine.
An Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls the basic turbine operation. Additional instrument are provided for monitoring and
controlling the engine performance.
A touch screen computer with an interface unit, and software are provided for speed control, data display and analysis, and to assist
the ECU.
For safety reason, a wire mesh screen in front of the air flow measuring device, an over speed sensor, and steel bars around
compressor and turbine sections are provided. The unit is on wheels.
Understanding the thermodynamic process
Static thrust vs turbine speed
Power input and output and propulsive efficiency.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Engine
construction
- Diffuser
- Bearings
- Shaft
- Turbine wheel
- Compressor
Engine performance specifications.
- Maximum static thrust
- Running fuel
Sensors :
- Temperatures
- Pressures
- Thrust.
- Speed.
- Fuel flow rate.
- Air flow rate
Power supply
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:

Incornel.
Ceramic ball bearing.
High strength steel.
Vacuum cast incornel.
:
:
Upto 200 N
Jet A or Kerosene with jet oil.
:
:
Compressor entry, compressor exit, turbine entry, nozzle exit.

Compressor exit, turbine exit.
:
:

W 240913
MT 560 TWO-SHAFT GAS TURBINE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The turbine is a small two-shaft gas turbine engine with a radial flow compressor and axial flow turbines as in the modern power
generation industry.
The first shaft is a gas generator and is similar to MT550 Gas Turbine Engine. Inlet air through an orifice flow measuring device is
compressed by a single stage radial flow compressor. The turbine runs on Jet A fuel. Fuel is injected by a fuel pump and ignighted in
the combustion chamber providing hot gas for a single stage axial flow turbine. The hot gas is discharged axially to a larger power
turbine on the second shaft and exhausts to atmosphere The gas generator unit is complete with automatic front motor starter. The
turbines run on ceramic bearings. Lubricating oil is mixed with fuel, no separate lubrication system to the turbines is required.
Speed of the power turbine is reduced by the gear box. A hydraulic dynamometer is connected to the gear box by a synchronous belt
speed reducer for power measurement. Load is manually controlled.
An Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls the basic turbine operation. Additional instruments are provided for monitoring and
controlling turbine performance.
ECU.
Safety features include shut down for gas generator, power turbine over speed, high power turbine entry temperature, wire mesh screen
in front of the air flow measuring device, and steel bars around the compressor and gas generator turbine section.
TYPICAL TESTS
Understanding the thermodynamic process.
Torque vs speed.
Power input and output and engine efficiency.
..
.
W 240913
TECHNICAL DATA
. Gas
generator engine construction.
- Diffuser
:
.
.
.
.
.
.
- Turbine wheel
- Compressor
Running fuel
Power turbine construction.
- Turbine wheel
- Interstage guide vane
Accessory
- Exhaust ducts
Gear box.
- Type
- Maximum power
Dynamometer.
- Type
Sensors :
- Temperatures
- Pressures
- Speeds
- Dynamometer torque.
- Fuel flow rate.
- Air flow rate
Power supply
:
:
:
:

Stainless steel with inconel vaporizing tube.
Jet A or kerosene with jet oil.
:
:
Vacuum cast inconel,

Stainless steel
2 ea
:
:
Planetary
Upto 3 kW
Water brake absorber
:
:
:
Compressor entry, compressor exit, gas generator turbine entry, power turbine entry, power
turbine exit, dynamometer cooling water outlet.
Compressor exit, power turbine entry, power turbine exit.
Gas generator, gear box output shaft, and dynamometer.
:
:

W 240913

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a set of steam boiler and standard accessories for
a study of boiler performance.
The basic unit consists of a small industrial boiler with
a burner, a feed water system, a fuel system, and instruments
for monitoring boiler operation as well as instruments for
control and safety. The complete unit is arranged as a package
on a pallet for easy site installation. Optional equipment are
available for additional experiments.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Pressure,
temperature and flow measurements.
Heat of combustion, heat given to steam, and boiler
efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
The boiler set consists of :
Boiler unit :
- Type
: Vertical, water tube.
- Rated heat output
: Approx 63 kW. (53,900 k cal/h.)
- Equivalent evaporation : Approx 100 kg/h steam at 0 kg/cm2 gauge.
- Maximum working pressure: Upto 10 kg/cm2 gauge.
- Measuring instruments : Pressure gauge for steam outlet.
: Temperature sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for feed water, steam outlet, and exhaust
stack.
- Safety devices
: Safety valve.
: Level gauge and switch at boiler.
: Safety alarm.
- Boiler accessories
: Steam pressure separator
: Steam separator.
: Feed water pump.
: Stack 6 m. stainless steel with elbows.
Burner :
- Type
: Forced draft, pressure atomized.
- Control
: On-Off.
- Fuel
: Diesel or kerosene.
Fuel system :
- A fuel tank
- A fuel meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system :
- A resin filter.
- A soft water tank.
- A water meter.
Power supply
.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
The above boiler provides basic experiments. Additional equipment may be added for expanded experiments. Steam can be further
heated by super heater or connected to steam utilization units eg. in process heat exchanger or a prime mover such as a steam
turbine. The exhausted steam can be then recovered as condensate by a condenser and a cooling tower.
Flue Gas Analyzer for O2 and CO content.
TH 101-011 Steam Turbine.
- Type
: Single stage, twin nozzle impulse turbine.
- Maximum power
: Over 0.5 kW.
- Measuring instruments
..
The unit is to be used with TH 101-015 water brake dynamometer.
W 240913
. TH 101-012
Reciprocating Steam Engine.

- Maximum power
: Upto 0.37 kW.
The unit is to be used with TH 101-015 Water brake dynamometer.
. TH 101-013
Condenser
- Accessories include
: Condensate transfer pump, water meter,

condensate tank, a strainer, a pressure
gauge, a safety valve.
TH 101-014 Cooling Tower.
The unit is used for recovering of condenser cooling water as well as
studying of cooling tower efficiency.
. TH 101-015 Water Brake Dynamometer.

The unit is to be used with the steam turbine or steam engine unit.
. TH 101-050 Computer Interface (For Training Boiler only)

.TH 101-051 Computer Interface (For Training Boiler and TH 101-011 Steam
Turbine or TH 101-012 Steam Engine)
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data
display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a set of steam boiler and standard accessories for a study
of boiler performance.
The basic unit consists of a small industrial type boiler with
a burner, a feed water system, a fuel system, and instruments for
monitoring boiler operation as well as instruments for control and
safety. The complete unit is arranged as a package on a pallet for
easy site installation. Optional equipment are available for
additional experiments.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Pressure,
Heat of combustion, heat given to steam, and boiler efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
The boiler set consists of:
Boiler unit:
- Type
: Vertical, water tube.
- Rated output
: Approx 125 kW. (107,800 k cal/h.)
- Equivalent evaporation approx 200 kg/h steam at 0 kg/cm2 gauge.
- Maximum working pressure : Upto 10 kg/cm2 gauge.
- Measuring instruments : Pressure gauge for steam outlet.
: Temperature sensor and an indicator with a selector switch for or feed water, outlet steam, and
exhaust stack.
- Safety valve
: Safety valve.
: Level gauge and switch at boiler.
: Safety alarm.
: Steam pressure regulator
: Steam separator.
: Feed water pump.
: Stack 6 m. stainless steel with elbows.
Burner :
- Type
- Control
: On-Off.
- Fuel
Fuel system :
- A fuel tank
- A fuel meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system :
- A resin filter.
- A water meter.
Power supply
: 220V 1Ph.50Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
.
.
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
The above boiler provides basic experiments. Additional equipment may be added for expanded experiments. Steam can be further
heated by super heater or connected to steam utilization units eg. in process heat exchanger or on a prime mover such as a steam
turbine. The exhausted steam can be then recovered as condensate by a condenser and a cooling tower.
Flue Gas Analyzer for O2 and CO content.
TH 101-011 Steam Turbine.
- Type
- Maximum power
: Over 1.0 kW for TH 102 boiler
.
.
The unit is to be used with TH 101-015 Water brake dynamometer.
W 260913
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. TH 101-012
Reciprocating Steam Engine.

- Maximum power
: Upto 0.37 kW
The unit is to be used with water brake dynamometer.
. TH 102-013 Condenser
The unit is used for studying of heat transfer in a heat exchanger as
well as recover condensate for reuse.
The unit consists of a counter flow steam tube heat exchanger and
instruments for measurement of temperatures, and cooling water flow rate.
- Accessories include : Condensate transfer pump, water meter, condensate tank, A strainer, a pressure gauge, and a safety
valve.
. TH 102-014 Cooling Tower.

The unit is used for recovering of condenser cooling water as well as
. TH 101-015 Water Brake Dynamometer.

The unit is to be used with steam turbine or steam engine unit.
. TH 101-050 Computer Interface (For Training Boiler only)

.TH 101-051 Computer Interface (For Training Boiler and TH 101-011 Steam Turbine
or TH 101-012 Steam Engine)
W 260913
TH 105A TRAINING BOILER, 500 kg/hr, at 10 kg/cm2

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a set of steam boiler and standard accessories for a study of boiler
performance.
The basic unit consists of a small industrial boiler with a burner, a feed
water system, a fuel system, and instruments for monitoring boiler
operation as well as instruments for control and safety. The complete unit
can be arranged as a package on a pallet for easy site installation.
The available steam is adequate for use in process such as heat exchanger
and for use with prime mover such as steam turbine.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Pressure,
Heat of combustion, heat given to steam, and boiler efficiency.
TECHNICAL DATA
Boiler unit
- Type
- Rated heat output
- Equivalent evaporation
- Safety devices
. Burner
.
.
:
- Type
- Control
- Fuel
Fuel system
- A fuel tank
- A fuel flow meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system
- A resin filter.
- A water meter.
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Vertical, water tube.

Approx : 313 kW (260,500 k cal/h).
Approx 500 kg/h steam at 0 kg/cm2 gauge
Upto 10 kg/cm2 gauge.
Pressure gauge for steam outlet.
Temperature sensor and an indicator with a selector for feed water steam outlet, and exhaust stack.
Safety valve.
Level gauge and switch at boiler.
Safety alarm.
Steam pressure separator.
Steam separator.
Feed water pump.
Stack 6 m. stainless steel with elbows.

: On Off.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Optional equipment such as a condenser or a cooling tower is available on request.
W 240913
TH 120 MINI STEAM POWER PLANT
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a small low cost miniature power plant designed for educational
purpose.
A hand feed pump supplies water form a feed tank to a small gas fired
boiler. Steam is throttled to a single cylinder, double acting reciprocating
engine. A small DC generator is connected to the engine by a belt and an
electrical load is applied using small light bulbs. Exhaust from the steam
engine is condensed in a water cooled condenser. Condensate is collected
and returned to a feed water tank.
Instruments are provided for monitoring and controlling the plant operation
and performance as well as for safety.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Fuel
consumption
Efficiencies for boiler, engine, and overall plant.
.. Condenser
heat transfer coefficient.
Heat balance and energy utilization
TECHNICAL DATA
Boiler
- Type
- Capacity
Boiler accessories
Fuel
Fuel tank
Feed water tank
Feed pump
Steam engine
- Type
- Maximum power
.
..
.
..
.
.. Power
output measurement
Electrical power system
. Condenser
. Measuring
instruments
- Pressure gauge
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Fire tube vertical boiler.

Upto 5 kg,/hr steam at 5 kg/cm2
Safety valve, level gauge.
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
4 kg with pressure regulator (separately supplied)
Stainless steel with level gauge.
Hand operated.
: Single cylinder, double acting

: Mechanical, over 5.0 w.
: Electrical, over 1.5 w.
: Mechanical brake dynamometer.
: DC generator with a lamp load bank.
: Shell and tube type.
: Boiler steam
- Temperature sensors and indicators with selector switches for feed water, steam outlet, engine steam inlet and outlet, condensate,
cooling water inlet and outlet.
- Flow meters
: Fuel gas, condenser cooling water.
- Engine speed sensor and indicator.
- Spring balance and weights for dynamometer torque.
- Graduated cylinder, and a stop watch for condensate measurement.
- A voltmeter and an ammeter for output power.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Digital flue gas analyzer for O2 and
CO contents.
Pressure sensor.
Load cell and torque indicator
instead of spring balance and weight.
Fuel flow totalizer.
Cooling water flow sensor.
Condensate weight totalizer
Computer Interface
This includes sensors,
a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
.
..
..
.
.

Net weight
: 76 x 90 x 155 cm
: Approx. 90 kg
W 240913
TH 130 MINI STEAM TURBINE POWER PLANT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is designed as a miniature modern day power
plant for educational purpose.
A hand feed pump supplies water from a feed tank to a small gas
fired boiler where steam is further heated by optional super
heater. The steam is throttled to single stage turbine via a nozzle.
Exhaust from the turbine is condensed in a water cooled
condenser. Condensate is collected for weight measurement and is
returned to feed water tank. A small DC generator is connected to
the turbine by a belt, and small light bulbs as are provided as
electrical load.
Instruments are provided for monitoring and controlling of plant
operation and performance as well as for safety. The unit is on
wheels.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Thermodynamic process
Fuel consumption
Power generation
Efficiencies for boiler, turbine, condenser heat transfer, and
overall plant.
Heat balance and energy utilization
..
.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Boiler
- Type
- Steam rate
- Pressure
Boiler accessories
Fuel
Feed water tank
Feed pump
Steam turbine
- Type
Power output measurements
Electrical power system
Condenser
Plant output
- Without super heater
.
..
..
.
..
..
- With super heater (optional)
. Safety
features
- Turbine speed limit.
- Emergency switch.
. Measuring
instruments
- Pressures gauges
..
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Fire tube vertical boiler.

Upto 5 kg/hr
Upto 5 kg/cm2 gauge.
Safety valve, level gauge.
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Stainless steel with level gauge.
Hand operated.
:
:
:
:
Single stage impulse turbine, single nozzle.

Mechanical brake dynamometer.
DC generator with lamp loads.
Shell and tube type.
:
:
:
:
Mechanical approx 9W
Electrical approx 3W
Mechanical approx 14W
Electrical approx 4.5W
- Temperatures
: Sensors and indicators.
- Flow meters
- Turbine speed sensor and an indicator.
- Dynamometer torque sensor and indicator.
- Graduated cylinder, and a stop watch for condensate measurement.
- A voltmeter, an ammeter for output power.
Accessory
: Boiler and super heater cleaning kits.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
TH 130-010 Gas Fired Super heater.
- Type
: Fired tube.
- Capacity
: Upto 40oC superheated.
- Fuel
: LPG
- Accessories
: Safety valve
: Temperature limit switch
: Fuel flow meter
- Typical experiment : Effect of super heated steam on efficiency.
TH 130-050 Computer Interface
for relevant data display and analysis by computer
W 240913
TH 135 COMPACT STEAM TURBINE POWER PLANT
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is designed to simulate modern steam power plant. Main components consist of a feed water system, a small industrial
boiler, a steam turbine, a generator and lamp load, a condenser with a condensate tank and a pump, and a cooling tower.
Accessories such as fuel tank, fuel flow meter, feed water meter, and a stack are also included. Instruments are provided for
measurement of pressures, temperatures, output voltage and currents.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Measurement of feed water and fuel flow rates.
Boiler efficiency, turbine generator efficiency, and overall power plant efficiency.
Condenser heat transfer efficiency.
Cooling tower efficiency.
.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
A Boiler Unit : TH101A
- Type
:
- Rated heat output
:
:
- Maximum working pressure :
- Measuring instruments:
:
:
- Safety devices
. Burner:- Type
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:

Approx 63 kW (53,900 kcal/h)
Approx 100 kg/h steam at 0 kg/cm2 gauge.
10 kg/cm2 gauge.
A pressure gauge for steam outlet.
Temperature sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for feed water, boiler outlet,
and exhaust stack.
A safety valve.
A level gauge and switch at boiler.
A safety alarm.
Steam separator
Steam pressure regulator.
Stack, 6 m stainless steel with elbows.

- Control
: On-Off.
- Fuel
Fuel system:
- A fuel tank
- A fuel meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system :
- A resin filter for public water.
- A water meter for steam rate monitoring.
- A temperature gauge.
Power supply
: 380V. 3Ph. 50Hz.
Other power supply is available
on request.
B. TH 101-011 Steam Tubine

- Type
- Maximum power

: Over 0.5 kW.
W 260913
. Generator
and Lamp Load
- Generator: AC, 2 kVA.
- Voltage : 220v. , 1 ph 50 Hz.

- Load lamps
D. TH 101-013 Condenser
The unit allows a study of heat transfer in a heat exchanger as well as recover
condensate for reuse.
- Accessories
: A cooling water pump, water meter,
condensate tank, strainer, a safety valve.
E. TH 101-014 Cooling Tower.
This is an educational unit for recovering of condenser cooling water as well as
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. Water brake dynamometer for measurement of mechanical power output.
. TH 101-052 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis
-
W 260913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
..
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
A. Boiler Unit : TH101A
- Type
:
- Rated heat output
:
:
:
:
- Safety devices
. Burner:- Type
:
:
:
:
:
:

125 kW (107,000 kcal/h)
10 kg/cm2 gauge.
and exhaust stack.
A safety valve.
A safety alarm.
Steam separator

- Control
: On-Off.
- Fuel
Fuel system:
- A fuel tank
- A fuel meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system :
Power supply
: 380V 3Ph 50Hz.
on request.
.
.
.
B. TH 101-011 Steam Turbine

- Type
- Maximum power

: Over 1.0 kW.
: Steam pressure and temperatures,turbine speed.
W 240913
C. Generator and Lamp Load

Generator
: AC, 2 kVA.
Voltage
: 220v. , 1 ph 50 Hz.
Load lamps
.
..
.
D. TH 102-013A Condenser
- Type
: Steam tube
- Accessories
: A cooling water pump, water meter, condensate
tank, strainer, a safety valve.
E. TH 102-014A Cooling Tower.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes relevant sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer
. TH 101-060 Computer Control

This includes turbine loads and throttle control, relevant sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data
display, analysis and control by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
..
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
A. Boiler Unit : TH101A
- Type
:
- Rated heat output
:
:
:
:
- Safety devices
. Burner:- Type
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:

188 kW (162,000 kcal/h)
10 kg/cm2 gauge.
and exhaust stack.
A safety valve.
A safety alarm.
Steam separator

- Control
: On-Off.
- Fuel
Fuel system:
- A fuel tank
- A fuel meter
- An oil strainer
Feed water system :
Power supply
: 380V 3Ph 50Hz.
on request.
B. TH 101-011 Steam Turbine

- Type
- Maximum power

: Over 1.5 kW.
: Steam pressure and temperatures,turbine speed.
W 240913
C. Generator and Lamp Load

Generator
: AC, 2 kVA.
Voltage
: 220v. , 1 ph 50 Hz.
Load lamps
.
..
.
D. TH 102-013A Condenser
- Type
: Steam tube
- Accessories
: A cooling water pump, water meter, condensate
tank, strainer, a safety valve.
E. TH 102-014A Cooling Tower.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes relevant sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer

This includes turbine loads and throttle control, relevant sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data
display, analysis and control by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
TH 150 MINI GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT
Schematic Diagram of the two-shaft gas turbine

engine
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The turbine is an educational mini gas turbine power plant with a radial flow compressor and axial flow turbines, gear box, generator, and
electrical loads as in the modern power generation industry.
The first stage is a hot gas generator. Inlet air through an orifice flow measuring device is compressed by a single stage radial flow
compressor. The turbine runs on Jet A fuel. Fuel is injected by a fuel pump and ignighted in the combustion chamber providing hot gas for
a single stage axial flow turbine. The hot gas is discharged axially to a larger power turbine on the second shaft and exhausts to
atmosphere The gas generator unit is complete with automatic front motor starter. The turbines run on ceramic bearings. Lubricating oil is
mixed with fuel, no separate lubrication system to the turbines is required.
The power turbine output shaft is connected to the gear box. An AC generator is connected to the gear box by a synchronous belt.
Electrical power output is connected to a lamp load.
An Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls the basic turbine operation.
Additional instruments are provided for monitoring and controlling the plant operation and performance.
ECU.
Safety features include shut down for gas generator or power turbine over speed, high power turbine entry temperature and steel bars
around the compressor and gas generator turbine section.
TYPICAL TESTS
Understanding the thermodynamic process.
Torque vs speed.
Input power, output power and plant efficiency.
..
.
W 240913
TECHNICAL DATA
Gas generator engine construction.
- Diffuser
- Turbine wheel
- Compressor
Running fuel
Power turbine construction.
- Turbine wheel
- Interstage guide vane
Gear box.
- Type
- Maximum power
Generator.
- Type
- Capacity
Lamp loads
Accessory :
- Engine exhaust duct
Sensors and indicators :
- Temperatures
.
..
.
.
..
.
- Pressures
- Speeds
- Volt meter
- Ammeter.
- Fuel flow rate.
- Air flow rate
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:

Stainless steel with inconel vaporizing tube.
Jet A or kerosenewith 5 percent jet oil.
: Vacuum cast inconel.

: Stainless steel.
: Planetary.
: Upto 3 kW.
: 220V, 1 ph, 50 Hz.
: 2 kVA.
: 2 ea.
: Compressor entry, compressure exit, gas generator turbine entry, power turbine entry, power
turbine exit, dynamometer cooling water.
: Compressor exit, power turbine entry, power turbine exit.
: Gas generator, gear box output shaft, and generator.
: Inlet orifice with differential pressure sensor.

W 240913
TH 201 CONCENTRIC TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying the heat transfer through a concentric tube under parallel or counter flow conditions.
The unit consists of a concentric tube heat exchanger, a hot water tank with a transfer pump, instruments for monitoring and control.
Parallel or counter flow is selected by cold water control valves. The unit requires outside water supply.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Study of heat transfer under
parallel and counter flow at various
rates of flow and temperature
differences.
Heat transfer coefficient at various
rates of flow and temperature
differences.
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Construction
: Insulated concentric stainless steel tubes.
Temperature sensors
: 5 ea.
A service module consisting of :
- A hot water pump.
- Heater
: 3000 W.
- 2 sets of temperature indicator and selector switch.
- Temperature control unit.
- Flow meters
: Hot water and cold water.
Power supply
..
.
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Transparent outer tube instead of insalated stainless
steel outlet tube.
.
.TH 201-050ThisComputer
Interface
includes sensors, a computer interface
.TH 201-060 Computer Control
This includes control motors, sensors,

a computer interface unit, and software for
data display, analysis, and control by computer
W 260913
TH 203 CONCENTRIC TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER, Different Tube Metals.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying heat transfer through a concentric tube under parallel or counter flow conditions and compare
heat transfer coefficients for three different inner tube metals.
The unit consists of a concentric tube heat exchanger, a hot water tank with a transfer pump, instruments for monitoring and control.
Parallel or counter flow is selected by cold water control valves or flexible hoses. The unit requires outside water supply.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Study of heat transfer under parallel and counter flow at various rates of flow and temperature differences.
Heat transfer coefficient at various rates of flow and temperature differences.
Comparison of heat transfer for stainless steel, copper and aluminum.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Construction
: 3 insulated concentric tubes with stainless steel outer tube and stainless steel, copper and aluminum
as inner tube metals.
.. Temperature
sensors
: 5 ea.
- A hot water pump.
.
- Heater
: 3000 W.
- Flow meters
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes sensors, a computer interface
. TH 203-060ThisComputer
Control
includes control motors, sensors,
a computer interface unit, and software for
data display, analysis, and control by computer
W 240913
TH 211 SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying heat
transfer through a shell and tube heat
exchanger under parallel or counter flow
conditions.
The unit consists of a shell and tube heat
exchanger, a hot water tank with a
transfer pump, instruments for
monitoring and control. Parallel and
counter flow is selected by cold water
control valves. The unit requires outside
water supply.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Construction
: Insulated stainless steel shell with stainless steel inner tubes
. Temperature sensors : 5 ea.
. A service module consisting of:
- A hot water pump.

- Heater
: 3000 W
- Flow meters
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Transparent outer shell instead of insulated stainless steel shell.
.
Interface
includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and
This includes control motors, sensors, a computer

interface unit, and software for data display analysis
W 240913
TH 221 PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
transfer through a plate heat exchanger
under parallel or counter flow conditions.
The unit consists of a plate heat exchanger, a
hot water tank with a transfer pump,
instruments for monitoring and control.
Parallel or counter flow is selected by cold
water control valves. The unit requires
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Construction
: Stainless steel plate heat exchanger.
Temperature sensors
. A service module consisting: of5 ea.:
.
- A hot water pump.

- Heater
: 3000 W.
- Flow meters
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
TH 221-060 Computer Control
This includes control motors, sensors, a
computer interface unit, and software for data display
.
.
W 240913
TH 231 JACKETED VESSEL WITH COIL & STIRRER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
transfer with either an external jacket or an
internal coil under batch wise or continuous
feed conditions.
The unit consists of a jacketed vessel with a
coil and stirrer, a hot water tank with a
transfer pump, instruments for monitoring
and control. Parallel or counter flow or
changing from jacked vessel to coil and
stirrer may be done by rearranging flexible
hose with quick coupling.
A cold fluid in a vessel is heated by a hot
fluid in the jacket or in the coil. An
adjustable speed a stirrer and baffles are
provided to allow thorough mixing of the
vessel contents. The content volume in the
vessel can be varied by an adjustable height
overflow pipe. The vessel sits on a plastic
base on a support. Quick coupling hoses are
used for flow connection. The unit requires
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Study of heat transfer for jacked vessel with or without stirrier.
Study of heat transfer for heating coil with or without stirrier.
Effect of vessel contents.
.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Construction :
- Stainless steel vessel
: Maximum content 2.5 l.
- Stainless steel jacket and coil.
- Stirrer
: 0- 500 rpm.
- Flexible hoses
: 4 ea.
Temperature sensors
: 5 ea.
- A hot water pump.
- Heater
: 3000 W.
- Flow meter
Power supply
.
..
.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer

interface unit, and software for data display analysis and
W 240913
TH 240 MULTI HEAT EXCHANGER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying of three types of heat exchangers namely-concentric tube, shell and tube, and plate-under parallel
or counter flow conditions.
The unit consists of the three heat exchangers, a hot water tank with a transfer pump, instruments for monitoring and control.
Changing from parallel to counter flow or from one type of heat exchanger to another is simply done by rearranging flexible hoses
with quick couplings. The unit requires outside water supply.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Study of heat transfer for concentric tube, shell and tube, and plate heat exchanger.
Study of heat transfer under parallel or counter flow at various flow rates and temperature differences.
Heat transfer coefficient at various rates of flow and temperature difference.
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Heat
exchangers:
Concentric tube
..
.
: Stainless steel outer and inner tubes, heat transfer area approximately 600 cm2.
- Shell and tube
: Stainless steel shell and inner tubes, heat transfer area approximately 600 cm2.
- Plate
: Stainless steel multiple plates, heat transfer area approximately 600 cm2.
- Flexible hose
: 4 ea.
Temperature sensors
: 7 ea.
- A hot water pump.
- Heater
: 3000 W.
- Flow meters
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit,
TH 240-060 Computer Control
interface unit, and software for data display analysis and
Stainless steel jacket vessel with coil and stirrer
- Vessel content
: 2.5 l
- Jacket heat transfer area approximately 600 cm2
- Coil heat transfer area approximately 350 cm2
- Stirrer
: 0- 500 rpm
.
.
.
W 240913
TH 251 DEMONSTRATION COOLING TOWER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a cooling tower demonstration unit.
Water is heated in the storage tank, pumped through a flow meter
and sprayed at the top of the tower. The packing in the tower
breaks the water into thin films and droplets. The water is cooled
mainly by evaporation and drops to the bottom tank. Makeup water
is admitted to the storage tank through a float valve. A fan with a
flow control valve is connected to the bottom tank, and air is driven
upwards through the column and exhausted at the top. An orifice is
provided at fan inlet to measure air velocity by an inclined water
manometer. Pressure drop in the cooling tower is measured by an
inclined manometer. Temperatures of air and water are indicated
on digital indicators.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Observation of water flow patterns and distribution.
Measurement of water and air flow rates, temperatures and
humidity.
Application of steady flow equation to energy balance.
Cooling tower performance at various air and water flow rates
with different inlet water temperatures.
.
.
.
.

TECHNICAL DATA
Packed column
Blower
Hot water pump
Heater
Storage tank
Makeup water tank
Temperature control unit.
- Temperatures
- Humidity
- Pressure
- Water flow rate
- Airflow rate
Power supply
..
..
.
..
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
150 mm x 150 mm x 600 mm high in transparent acrylic with 100 m2/m3 plate packing.
1 ea.
1 ea.
1500 W.
Stainless steel.
PVC.
:
:
:
:
:
:
2 sensors and an indicator with a selector switch for inlet and outlet water to the packed column.
4 temperatures sensors with an indicator and a selector switch for wet and dry bulbs.
Inclined water manometer for pressure drop across the column.
Variable area flow meter.
Inlet orifice with a duct and an inclined water manometer.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Anemometer, 1-10 m/s, instead of inlet orifice with inclined water manometer.
Differential pressure sensor and indicator, 0-250 mm water instead of inclined water manometer.
Humidity sensors and an indicator with a selector switch.
Bare column for student execise.
Packed column with different plate packings
. Packed column with wooden packing
Special packed column with additional data ports for wet bulb,
dry bulb, and water temperatures at three levels.
Computer Interface
This includes sensors a computer interface unit, and
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
W 240913
TH 260 BOILING HEAT TRANSFER UNIT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a table top unit for observation of evaporation process in
a heated tank.
The unit consists of a transparent tank, enclosed at top and bottom.
At the bottom of the tank is a small heating cylinder and a special
liquid simulating a fire tube heating water in a boiler. The vapor is
condensed by a water cooled condenser at the top of the tank and
the condensed liquid returns to the bottom for reboiling.
Sensors are provided for measurement of temperatures, pressure,
cooling water flow rate, and input power.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Observation of evaporation forms.
Determination of heat transfer efficient.
Effect of pressure and temperatures on evaporation.
..
.
TECHINCAL DATA
. Tank
Boro silicate glass
. Heater
Power
.. Condenser
pail
. Cooling
Safety features
.
.
.
Pressure relief valve

Pressure switch
Boiling liquid
Sensors and indicators
Thermocouples
Pressure
Flow rate (cooling water)
Input power
Power supply
: 130 mm diameter x 300 mm high.

: 270 W. with a dimmer switch.
: Copper coil.
: 5 l.
: 1 ea adjustable.
: 1 ea adjustable.
: Low boiling point liquid.
: 5 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: Watt meter.
: 220 V. 1 ph. 50 Hz.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This include a computer interface unit and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
TH 310 HEAT CONDUCTION

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit consists of two parts: a multi section bar for linear heat conduction studies, and a metal disc for radial heat conduction
studies.
Linear Heat Conduction Unit.
The unit has 3 sections which can be pressed tightly together. The first section is for heat input where a heater and three
temperature sensors are installed. The center section also has three temperature sensors. The last section is a heat sink section
where cooling water and three temperature sensors are installed.
The center section may be removed and replaced with a smaller heat conduction section or a different heat conduction
material. Both replaced sections are without temperature sensors. Matching surfaces of the heat conduction section are accurately
finished to minimize conduction resistance and a heat conducting compound may be applied to further reduce resistance. Thermal
conductivity of an insulation material can be determined by inserting a thin insulating disc between two heat conduction surfaces.
Radial Heat Conduction Unit.
The unit consists of a brass disc heated at the center by a heater with cooling water circulating around the periphery. Six
temperature sensors are placed along a radius. The metallic parts of both linear and radial heat conduction units are effectively
insulated inside plastic casings. All temperature sensors are connected to temperature indicator with selector switch.
A temperature limit switch is provided to prevent the maximum temperature from exceeding a set limit.
The test unit requires outside water supply for cooling.
.
.
EXPERIMENTS
.TYPICAL
Heat conduction along a simple bar.
. Heat
conduction along a composite
bar.
. Effect of crossection area.
.. Radial
heat conduction.
Effect of surface contact.
. Effect of insulation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Linear heat conduction :
- Heating section and center section
- Center section different diameter for brass and stainless steel.
- Cooling section
Radial heat conduction
Heaters
Input power measurement
Temperature indicator
Power supply
.
..
.
..
: Brass with temperature sensors.

:
:
:
:
:
:
Brass with temperature sensors.

Brass with temperature sensors.
2 ea. 120 W with dimmer switches.
A voltmeter and an ammeter.
1 ea with selector switches.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit, and
W 240913
TH 312 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS, Guarded hot plate method

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top unit is for testing of thermal
conductivity of non-metallic materials using
guarded hot plates bases on ASTM C177-04.
The equipment consists of a central heater
with hot plates, a guard ring with heater and
hot plates, and two water cooled cold plates.
Two specimens are insterted between the hot
plates and cold plates. The assembly is
encased in a test cabinet with insulation. The
cold plates are clamped together to provided
a uniform pressure.
Temperature sensors and indicators are
provided for hot plates, cold plates, cooling
water, and differential temperature between
the hot plates and the guard ring plates.
Power input is measured by a voltmeter and
an ammeter. The unit requires outside water
supply.

TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Determination of thermal conductivity.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Hot
plate
Hot plate heater
. Guard ring heater
.. Cold
plates
Temperature measurement.
..
.
:
:
:
:
1 ea.
500 W with control knob.
500 W with control knob.
2 ea.
- Two temperature sensors with an indicator and a selector switch for hot plates.
- Two temperature sensors with an indicator and a selector switch for cold plates.
- Three temperature sensors with an indicator and a selector switch for cooling water.
- Four differential temperature sensors with an indicator, and a selector switch.
Input power measurement
: A voltmeter, and an ammeter.
Sample specimens
: 2 ea for 3 different materials.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
TH 312-050
Computer Interface
unit, and and software for data display and analysis
W 240913
TH 320 FREE AND FORCED CONVECTION

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is used for studying heat transfer by free and forced
convection in a vertical duct.
A heating surface is attached to the middle of the duct. Three types
of heating surfaces are available i.e. vertical flat plate, plate with
cylinders, and finned plate. A front window is provided for visual
observation of the heating surface. Air enters the duct at the bottom
duct with flow straightener and escapes via the top. A fan is
attached to the top of the duct to induce forced convection. Air
velocity is measured by a thermal probe anemometer. Temperatures
of hot surface and of air at different points in the duct are measured
by thermocouples. A control and display panel is provided for
voltmeter, ammeter and temperature indicators. A temperature limit
switch is provided to prevent the maximum temperature from
exceeding a set limit.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Principles of free and forced convection.
Heat transfer in flat plate, cylindrical and finned surfaces.
Temperature distribution on cylindrical and finned surfaces.
Effect of heat of air velocity on heat transfer.
.
..
.

TECHNICAL DATA
Duct
- Crossection
Heater
- Power
Heating surfaces, aluminium
Fan with speed control unit
Hot wire anemometer with temperature indicator
Control and indicator panel.
- Input power
- Temperature indicator
- Temperature sensors
.
.
..
.
.
.
: 120 x 120 mm
:
:
:
:
320 watts with dimmer switch.

One each flat, cylindrical, finned.
Maximum flow rate over 3.0 m3/min
1 ea.
: A voltmeter and an ammeter

: 1 ea with a selector switch.
: 4 ea for heater plate and heating surface.
: 2 ea air inlet and outlet.
- Temperature control unit to set heating surface temperature.
Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
TH 320-050
Computer Interface
This includes a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
TH 330 THERMAL RADIATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is a bench top unit is used for studying the laws of heat transfer by radiation using two alternative energy sources
namely a radiant heat source and a light source.
The radiation sources as well as accessories are mounted on a horizontal aluminum profile base frame with track scale.
The radiant heat source employs a heater in a housing. Temperature of the heat source can be controlled. Heat radiation is
measured by a radiometer. Metal plates with different surface finishes are fitted with thermocouples to demonstrate effect of
emissivity on radiation emitted and received. An adjustable vertical slot aperture plates are also provided to study area factor.
The light source is provided by a lamp in a housing with a glass diffuser. Measurement of light is by a light meter. Filters of
varying opacity are supplied.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
- Inverse square law for light.
- Inverse square law for thermal radiation
- Lamberts cosine law for light.
- Lamberts law of absorption
- Stefan-Boltzmanns law of thermal radiation
- Emissivity different surfaces
- Emissivity two close radiating surfaces
- Kirchoffs law using heat source
- Area factor using heat source
TECHNICAL DATA
Base frame :
- Material
: Twin aluminium profile
Heat source
: 400 W heater with housing.
Radiometer
: Thermopile type.
Radiation plates
: Two black, one gray and one polished surfaces.
Insulated adjustable aperture plates : 2 ea.
Light source
: 100 W light bulb or equal.
Light meter
: 200,000 lux.
Filters
: 4 ea with 3 different opacity.
Control panel
- Temperature indicator and a selector switch
- Temperature control for heat source
- Radio meter indicator
Power supply
.
..
..
.
..
.
.
OPTIONAL ITEM
. TH 330S Learning software covering all experiments.
Interface
includes light sensor, a computer interface unit, and
software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
TH 410 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE, Horizontal Cylinders

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is for demonstration of stirling cycle hot air engine.
The engine consists of two cylinders. The first (displacer) cylinder is made of
Pyrex glass and is to generate hot air by a resistance heater. The second (power)
cylinder is to generate a mechanical power on a fly wheel by hot air from the
first cylinder. Air flow passage and phase angle between the two cylinders are
such that the expanded cool air from the second cylinder is returned for heating
in the first cylinder. The power to the heater can be varied. Cylinder ports allow
engine to operated on gasses other than air. Instruments are provided for
measurement of input power, and output power.
TYPICAL TESTS
. Torque vs speed for a given input.

. Output and efficiency vs speed for a given input.
TECHINCAL DATA
.. Heater
Maximum power
.. Input
power
Output power :
- Torque
- Speed
. Power
supply
: 300 W max.
: Over 1000 mW.
: A voltmeter and an ammeter.
: A mechanical dynamometer with a spring balance and weights.
W 240913
TH 411 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE, Vertical Cylinders

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is for demonstration of stirling cycle hot air engine
principles.
The engine consists of two vertical stainless steel cylinders. The
first cylinder is to generate hot air using a heater. Power to the
heater can be varied. The second cylinder is to generate a
mechanical power using hot air from the first cylinder. Both
cylinders are attached to a common shaft, with a suitable
flywheel. Instruments are provided for measurement of input
power, and output power.
The advantage of this design is the ability to bring the engine to
operating condition in a short time.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
vs speed for a given input power.
Output and efficiency vs speed for a given input power.
TECHINCAL DATA
.. Heater
power (mechanical)
. Maximum
Instruments:
- Input power
- Torque
- Speed
Power supply
: 500 W max.
: Approx 600 mW.
:
:
:
:

Mechanical dynamometer with spring balance, belt, and weights.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Cooling system: A water storage tank and a pump.
. Speed sensor and indicator instead of portable tachometer.
. Load cell and torque indicator instead of spring balance.
DC generator with lamp loads, ammeter and voltmeter.
. TH 411-050 Computer interface
This includes sensors instead of basic
measuring instrument, a computer interface unit, and
software for data analysis and display on computer
(separately supply).
.
.
W 240913
TH 413 STIRLING CYCLE HOT AIR ENGINE, Twin Power

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is for demonstration of stirling cycle hot air engine
principles.
The engine consists of a large vertical cylinder with heater to
generate hot gas. Twin cylinders above the hot gas cylinder
generate power. The hot gas cylinder head can be cooled by
water from a cooling system. All cylinders are attached to a
common shaft. Heater to the hot gas cylinder can be varied.
Instruments are provided for measurement of input power and
output power.
The advantage of this design is the ability to bring the engine
to operating condition in a short time
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Torque
vs speed for a given input power.
Output and efficiency vs speed for a given input power.
. Effect of hot gas cylinder head cooling on efficiency.
TECHINCAL DATA
Heater
Maximum output power
..
.. Cooling
system
.
- Input power
- Torque
- Speed
Power supply
:
:
:
:
400 W working power.

Upto 3000 mW with cooling water.
Upto 2000 mW without cooling water.
A water tank and a pump.
:
:
:
:

Mechanical dynamometer with spring balance, belt and weights.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Speed sensor and indicator instead of portable tachometer.
Load cell and torque indicator instead of spring balance.
DC generator with lamp loads, ammeter and voltmeter for measurement of electrical power output.
This includes sensors instead of basic measuring instrument, a computer interface unit, and software for data
analysis and display on computer (separately supply).
..
.
W 240913
TH 501 TEMPERATURE MEASURING BENCH

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top unit is used for studying temperature
measurement of several commonly used devices as well as
understanding related principles.
The unit consists of three type of sensors with four indicators,
and five different other temperature measuring devices.
Heat sources and means for calibration and accuracy
comparison of the different devices is also provided.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES AND TYPICAL TESTS
.. Understanding
the physical principles of each device.
Understanding calibration techniques.
.. Understanding
lead and conduction errors.
Dynamic response.
. Errors associated with incorrect applications.
. Air humidity.
TECHINCAL DATA
. Temperature
sensors and indicators:
- Platinum resistance thermometer.
.
..
- Thermister.
- Thermocouple type K, degree centigrade.
- Thermocouple type K., millivolt meter.
General industrial temperature measuring devices:
- Bimetallic thermometer.
- Vapor pressure thermometer.
- Mercury in glass thermometer.
- Self adhesive surface temperature indicator, various strips.
- Wet and dry bulb thermometers.
Heat sources: Hot plate with thermostat and stainless steel pot.
Power supply
W 011013
TH 510 SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This unit is used for the demonstration of split type room air
conditioning operation. Individual components are clearly
shown. Temperatures and pressures at various points are
indicated.
Sight glasses are provided to indicate the state of the
refrigerant.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Study
of layout and process diagram
Observation of pressures and temperatures
. Remote control operation
TECHNICAL DATA
. Cooling capacity
.. Compressor
type
Condenser
. Refrigerant
.. Evaporator
air flow rate
- Pressure gages
.
..
Remote control
Required power
Power supply
: 2.5kW. (approx 9000 BTU)

: Rotary.
: Finned tubes.
: R22
: 450 m3/hr approx.
: 2 ea.
: 5 ea.
: 1 ea.
: Approx 800W.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
TH511 SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Similar to TH510 but the unit is inverter controlled with R410A refrigerant and less required power.
W 240913
TH 512 CAR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The trainer unit contains a belt-driven compressor, an air-cooled condenser and an evaporator with cold air outlet. All components
used in the trainer are normal automotive parts. A three phase motor and an inverter is used in place of an engine. The motor is
connected to the compressor by a V-belt and an electric clutch.
TYPICAL TESTS
..Study
of layout and process diagram.
Recognition of typical faults and repair on an air conditioner.
..Simulation
of system faults.
Thermodynamic cyclic process.
.Observation of pressures and temperatures.
TECHNICAL DATA
..Compressor,
automotive type
Condenser
.Refrigerant
..Drive
motor
Inverter
.Filter / dryer
..Evaporator
.
.
- Pressure gauges
Secondary power supply
Main power supply
: 1ea., with magnetic clutch..

: Air cooled with fan.
: 134 a.
: 3.7 kW.
: 5 kVA.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea., automotive type.
: 2 ea.
: 5 ea.
: 1 ea. with a selector switch.
: 12 VDC.
W 240913
TH 516 LABORATORY AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is an open circuit air conditioning system with transparent window.
The unit consists of a fan, a compressor and condenser, a humidifier, a preheater, a cooling unit, a reheater, and measuring
instruments.
Fresh air drawn into the duct by a variable speed fan at the duct exit. A steam humidifier injects moisture to the duct inlet. The
humidified air passes through a preheater, a cooling unit, and a reheater before exit to the atmosphere. Instrument panel is provided
for measurement of temperatures, pressures, humidity, air flow velocity, and refrigerant flow rate.
The unit is on a steel frame on wheels.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
..Familiarization
with an open air conditioning system.
Determination of heating power, cooling power, steam enthalpy, and control of humidity for the air condition unit.
.Determination of cold output, compressor output and other variables for the refrigeration unit.
TECHNICAL DATA
..Air
duct
Fan maximum airflow
..Preheater
Humidifier
.Reheater
..Evaporator
.Compressor
Refrigerant
.Measuring
instruments
- Anemometer
- Refrigerant flow meter
- Temperature / humidity meter
- Pressure gauges
Power supply
: 250 x 250 mm, galvanized steel sheet.

: 750 m3/hr.
: 1500 W.
: 1500 W.
: 1500 W.
: 250 x 250 mm.
: 0.75 kW.
: R134a.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 2 ea.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Fan at duct inlet instead of duct exit.
Pressure sensors and indicator instead of pressure gauges.
Humidity and temperature sensors and indicator instead of humidity and temperature meter.
.
..
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions W x L x H :

Net weight
:
70 x 310 x 130 cm.

275 kg.
W 240913
TH 518 RECIRCULATING AIR CONDITIONING UNIT, With Climatic Chamber
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a recirculating air conditioning unit with transparent windows and a climatic chamber.
The unit consists of a compressor and a condenser, a variable speed fan, a humidifier, a preheater, a cooling unit, a climatic chamber
with a re-heater and a humidifier, and instruments for measurement of temperatures, pressures, humidity, power, and refrigerant flow
rate.
Air circulation is by a fan and fresh air inlet is controlled by dampers.
The unit is on steel frame on wheels.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
..Familiarization
with an air conditioning system and components.
Conditioning of air in the climatic chamber.
..Humidification
process using h-w diagram.
Refrigerant circuit using p-h diagram.
.Recirculation and mixing of fresh air.
.Effect of heating load.
TECHNICAL DATA
..Air
duct
Climatic chamber
..Fan
maximum airflow
Humidifier
- Power
..Preheater
.Reheater
Evaporator
..Compressor
.Refrigerant
-
Pressure gauges
Temperatures sensors
Temperature indicators
Temperature controller
Anemometer
Humidity meters
Refrigerant rotameter
Power measurement
.Power supply
: 250 x 250 mm section

: Approx 180 l.
: 750 m3/hr
: 1500 kW, adjustable
: 1500 W., adjustable
: 1500 W., adjustable
: 250 x 250 mm.
: 0.75 kW. (approx).
: R134a.
: 2 ea.
: 9 ea.
: 2 ea. with selector switch.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea., 0-3 mps.
: 3 ea. 10-90% RH.
: 1 ea. 0.15-1.5 lpm.
: 1 ea. ammeter with a selector switch.
: 1 ea. voltmeter with a selector switch.
: 1 ea. watt meter.
Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions W x L x H :

Net weight
:
95 x 300 x 175 cm.

360 kg.
W 240913
TH 520 BASIC REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This unit is used for demonstration of a normal household refrigerator operation. Individual components are clearly shown.
Temperatures and pressures at various points are indicated. Sight glasses are provided to indicate the state of the refrigerant.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Study
of layout and process diagram.
Observation of pressures and temperatures.
. Using a p-h state diagram.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Compressor
Condenser
. Evaporator
.. Sight
Refrigerant
glasses
. Measuring
instruments
.
- Pressure gauges
- Temperatures sensors
Power supply
: Hermetic.
: Tube with wire grid.
: Circular chamber with a water pan.
: R134a.
: 3 ea at compressor exit, condenser exit and expansion valve inlet.
: 2 ea.
: 5 ea.
W 240913
STRENGTH AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
TM 112 EDUCATIONAL UNIVERSAL TESTING

MACHINE, 20 kN
Four inline columns, manual hydraulic jack, force
gauge, dial indicator and accessories.
TM 113 UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE, 30 kN

Four columns in two planes, manual hydraulic jack, force
gauge / indicator, dial indicator and accessories.
TM115 UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE, 50 kN

Similar to TM113 but larger capacity.
TM 201 TORSION TESTING MACHINE, 30 Nm

A reversible, hand operated gear reducer with revolution
counter and angular scales, torque indicator, calibration
weights, test specimens.
TM 203 TORSION TESTING MACHINE, 200 Nm

A reversible motorized gear reducer, torque indicator,
angular displacement scale / indicator, calibration
weights, drive sockets, chuck grips for round specimens.
Optional : Computer Control.
TM 211 FATIGUE TESTING MACHINE

A specimen is clamped to a rotating shaft with spring
balance loading. Speed indicated revolution counter
is provided.
TM 221 CREEP TESTING MACHINE

Loading by lever with weights, creep measurement by
dial indicator, glycol pack for specimen temperature
control, test specimens.
TM 232 IMPACT TESTING MACHINE, 50 J

Charpy impact test, 50 x 0.5 J complete with energy
indicator brake and guard.
TM 235 IMPACT TESTING MACHINE, 150/300 J

Charpy impact test, 150 x 1 J and 300 x 2 J hammer, worm
gear lifting. Complete with energy indicator brake and guard.
Optional Motorized lifting, accessories for Izod test.
TM 411 STRUT BUCKLING APPARATUS

Twin columns with screw loading, loading indicator and
dial gauge for deflection measurement. Simply support
and built-in end conditions, struts of various sizes and
materials.
TM 415 BEAM APPARATUS

Aluminium profile frame, 3 sinking load cells, cantilever
support, 3 dial gauges for deflection measurement,
hangers and weights, beam of different materials and
sections.
TM 441 THIN CYLINDER

Thin wall aluminium alloy cylinder with hydraulic hand
pump for internal pressure and closed-end / open-end
conditions, strain gauges at various positions, bridge box,
strain indicator and selector switch.
TM 442 THICK CYLINDER

Thick wall aluminium alloy cylinder with hydraulic hand
pump. Strain gauges at various wall thickness, bridge
box, strain indicator and selector switch.
TM 445 CIRCULAR DIAPHRAM

Circular aluminium alloy diaphragm with hydraulic hand
pump for internal pressure, dial gauge for deflection
measurement, strain gauges at various positions, bridge box,
strain indicator and selector switch.
TM 450 UNSYMMETRICAL CANTILEVER

APPARATUS
.Three types of cantilever sections with mounted
end rotation and free end load application, dial
gauges for measurement of vertical and horizontal
displacements.
TM112 EDUCATIONAL UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE, 20 kN.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top educational universal testing
machine.
The machine uses four in-line columns and a hand
operated hydraulic jack with measuring instruments
for load, and extension or deflection.
Test accessories and specimens are available as
optional items.
TYPICAL TESTS
Tension
Compression
Bending
Deep draw
Shear
Brinell hardness
Spring compression
..
..
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Capacity
Maximum cross head travel
- Load
- Extension/deflection
Power supply (option version)
..
.
.
: 20 kN.
: 120 mm.
: Force gauge.
: Dial gauge 0-20 mm x 0.01 mm. graduation with a magnetic holder.
: 220 V 1Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SPECIMENS

Screw chucks for tension test.
Compression plates with sample springs.
Deep draw test accessories.
Plates for compression test.
Shear test accessories.
Bending test accessories.
Brinell hardness test accessories.
Specimens for tension, compression, shear, hardness or
deep draw test.
Displacement sensor and indicator instead of dial gauge with
magnetic holder.
Sensor and force indicator instead of force gauge.
TM 113-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, a computer interface unit,
..
.
..
.
..
.
.
.

Net weight
: 35 x 45 x 95 cm
: Approx 60 kg
W 260913
TM113 UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE, 30 kN.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top educational machine for tension,
compression, bending, shear and Brinell hardness tests of
materials.
The machine has four columns in two planes and is of high
stiffness design to ensure accuracy. Load application is by hand
operated hydraulic jack. Load reading is by a force gauge.
Extension or deflection of specimen is measured by a dial gauge.
Test accessories and specimens are available as optional items.
TYPICAL TESTS
Tension
Compression
Bending
Deep draw
Shear
Brinell hardness
Spring compression
.
..
.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
Capacity
Maximum crosshead travel
- Load
- Extension
Power supply (optional version)
.
..
.
: 30 kN.
: 130 mm.
: Force gauge.
: Dial gauge 0-20 mm x 0.01 mm. graduation with a magnetic holder.

2 screw chucks for tension test.
2 compression plates for compression test.
2 compression plates with sample springs.
Bending test accessories.
Shear test accessories.
Brinell hardness test accessories.
Specimen for tension, compression, shear, hardness or deep
draw test.
Displacement sensor and indicator instead of dial gauge.
Sensor and force indicator instead of force gauge.
This includes sensors a computer interface unit, and
.
..
.
..
.
.
.
..
W 260913
TM 115 UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE, 50 kN.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top educational machine for tension, compression,
bending, shear and Brinell hardness tests of materials.
The machine has four columns in two planes and is of high stiffness
design to ensure accuracy. Load application is by a hand operated
hydraulic jack. Load reading is by a force gauge. Extension or
deflection of specimen is measured by a dial gauge.
Test accessories and specimens are available as optional items.
TYPICAL TESTS
Tension
Compression
Bending
Deep draw
Shear
Brinell hardness
Spring compression
..
..
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
. Capacity
: 50 kN.
.. Maximum
crosshead travel
: 150 mm.
- Load
: Force gauge.
- Extension
Dial gauge 0-20 mm x 0.01 mm. graduation with a magnetic holder.
. Power supply (optional version) :: 220V
1Ph 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
. Accessories for Brinell hardness test.
.. Brinell
test specimen
Shear test specimen
. Tension test specimen
.. 22 screw
chucks for tension test.
compression plates for compression test.
. 2 compression plates with sample springs.
.. Bending
test accessories.
. Shear test accessories
. deep
Specimens for tension, compression, shear, hardness or
draw test.
. Displacement
sensor and indicator instead of dial gauge.
.. Sensor
and force indicator instead of force gauge.
This includes sensors a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer
W 260913
TM 201 TORSION TESTING MACHINE, 30 Nm.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top educational machine for torsion test of small specimens.
It consists of two parallel members fixed together at both ends. At one end is a worm gear reducer where a torsion load is applied,
and angular displacement measuring devices. At the other end is a torsion shaft with an arm attached to a load cell for measurement
of torsion in both forward and reverse direction. This torsion shaft unit is slideable along the tubes to take up different length
specimen. Both worm gear and torsion shaft have drive sockets for hexagonal head specimen. Round specimen requires special
adapters. Torque is applied manually.
The equipment is designed such that torsion shaft angular displacement, or parallel tubes and loading arm deflections are negligible
under maximum load. Angle of twist on the specimen is indicated by angular scales on the worm gear reducer shafts. A revolution
counter is provided at the gear box to measure total input revolutions.
TYPICAL TESTS
. rigidity
Determination of modulus of
and yield shear stress.
. rupture
Determination of modulus of
torsion.
. Reversedintorsion
test to determine
torsion hysteresis.
TECHNICAL DATA
Capacity
:
Drive shaft ends
:
Drive sockets
:
Maximum specimen length
:
Input shaft rotation :
- Revolution counter
:
- Circular scale
:
Specimen angle of twist :
- Circular scale
:
- Indirect reading by circular scale on input shaft :
Digital torque indicator
:
Power supply
:
.
..
.
.
.
..
30 Nm
12.7 mm (1/2 in) square.
7/16 Whitworth hexagonal for hexagonal head specimen.
250 mm
5 digits.
360 1 degree graduation.
360 1 degree reading.
1/60 degree reading.
5 digits
OPTIONAL ITEM
. TM 201- 050 Computer Interface
This includes sensor, a computer interface unit, and

W 240913
TM 203 TORSION TESTING MACHINE,
TM 203 TORSION TESTING MACHINE, 200 Nm.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is an educational machine for an extensive range of torsion tests.
The machine consists of a torque applying unit, and a torque measuring unit sliding on two parallel members. The tubes
applying unit is a two stage reduction gear with a variable speed drive motor, and angular displacement measuring instruments.
The torque measuring unit has a torque arm with a two direction load cell. The specimen is held at each end by hexagonal drive
sockets which fit on the input shaft from the gear box and the torsion shaft. The motor is automatically stopped when the
specimen is broken. Different sizes of drive sockets are provided. The torsion shaft column can be slided on two parallel shafts
to accommodate specimen length. The equipment is a table top type with adjustable footings.
TYPICAL TESTS
Relation of torque and twist angle under elastic deformation.
Determination of modulus of rigidity and yield shear stress.
Determination of modulus of rupture.
Characteristic of materials under plastic deformation.
Comparation of twist angle for forward-reverse directions.
Relationship between twist angle, length and size of specimens.
.
..
.
..
TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum torque
Gear box
- Drive motor
- Maximum strain rate
Drive shaft ends
Drive sockets
Maximum specimen length
Angular displacement measurement
- Revolution counter
- Angular scale
- Rotary encoder and an indicator
Torque measuring
- Torque
Power supply
..
..
..
.
.
: 199.9 Nm.
: 0.37 kW.
: 2.2 rpm.
: 19 mm square, 2 each.
: 12, 17 and 24 mm A/F, 2 each.
: 350 mm.
: 5 digits resetable.
: 0-360 x 1 graduation.
: 0.1degree resolution.
: A load cell and an indicator.

Hexagonal head specimen.
2 ea chuck grips with a wrench for round
specimen.
Computer Control.
This includes a computer interface unit,
and software for data display, analysis and
control of speed and direction of rotation by
..
.
W 240913
TM 211 FATIGUE TESTING MACHINE

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is used for studying the effects of fatigue using
a rotating cantilever specimen.
A spindle specimen is attached to one end of a rotating shaft
held to the base by self aligned bearings. Load is applied on
the spindle producing a sinusoidal bending stress. Digital
revolution counter keeps account of the number of revolution
when failure occurs. A limit switch is provided to stop the
rotation when specimen fails.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Influence
of bending stress.
Influence of different radii at fracture section.
. Wohler diagram.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Motor
counter
. Revolution
Loading mechanism
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
0.37 kW, 2750 rpm (approx.).

8 digits.
Spring balance.
W 260913
TM 221 CREEP TESTING MACHINE

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is used for testing materials with high creep
such as lead and plastics.
A constant load is applied to the specimen via a lever with
ball bearing pivot. Specimen extension is measured by a dial
indicator. A glycol pack is provided to wrap the specimen
and maintain the required test temperature.
TYPICAL TESTS
. temperatures.
Creep phenomena of materials under different stresses and
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Frame
Lever
. Specimen
enclosure
.. Weights
indicator
. Dial
Thermometer
. Glycol pack
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Mild steel.
Aluminum with ball bearing pivot.
Clear acrylic.
1 lot.
10 mm x 0.01 mm graduation.
-10 to 50 C
1 ea
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES SPECIMENS
. TM221-050
Computer Interface
To avoid close human attention for the long test period, displacement sensor, a computer interface unit, and
software are provided to monitor the displacement upto failure by computer (separately supplied).
W 011013
TM 232 CHARPY IMPACT TESTING MACHINE, 25/50 J

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The impact testing machine is designed for determination of
resistance to fracture of materials by charpy test based on
DIN50115 and DIN51222.
The machine is constructed with a heavy base and support
columns. The pendulum is hung on ball bearings. A
pendulum brake and safety guard are also provided.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Determination
of notched bar impact work.
Determination of notched bar impact strength.
. Influence of notch form on impact work.
. impact
Influence of materials heat treatment, and temperature on
work.
TECHNICAL DATA
Capacity
Scale graduation
Lift angle of hammer
Striking velocity
..
..
:
:
:
:
25 and 50 Joules.
0.25 and 0.5 Joule.
145o.
3.825 m/sec.
OPTIONAL ITEM
Specimen
: ISO-U, ISO-V
TM 232-050
Computer Interface
This includes sensor, a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer
..
W 240913
TM 235 CHARPY IMPACT TESTING MACHINE, 150/300 J

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The impact testing machine is for determination
of resistance to fracture of materials by charpy
test based on DIN50115 and DIN51222.
The machine is constructed with a heavy base
and support columns. The pendulum is hung
on ball bearings. Manual lifting of hammer is
by worm gear speed reducer. Hammer weight
can be reduced for lower capacity with smaller
graduation. A pendulum mechanical brake and
safety guard are also provided.
TYPICAL TESTS
Determination of notched bar impact work.
Determination of notched bar impact strength.
Influence of notch form on impact work.
Influence of materials heat treatment, and temperature on impact work.
.
..
.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Capacity
Scale graduation
.. Lift
angle of hammer
Striking velocity
:
:
:
:
150 and 300 Joules.

1 and 2 Joule.
145o.
5.378 m/sec.
OPTIONAL ITEM
Specimen
: ISO-U, ISO-V
..
W 240913
TM 411 STRUT BUCKLING APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top apparatus is used for studying buckling on struts under various end
conditions.
The apparatus consists of two vertical columns where load is applied by a screw via
a sliding support. Strut support for knife edge or built-in is a cylinder in a socket.
Each strut has end conditions for knife-edge or built-in. Load on the strut is
measured by a load cell and deflection is measured by a dial gauge. Side loading is
by a weight hanger and weights. Height of loading beam is adjustable to
accommodate different strut lengths.
TYPICAL TESTS
.. Determination
of flexural rigidity and comparison with theoretical value.
Determination of flexural rigidity under different end conditions.
. lengths
Determination of load VS deflection and crippling loads for strut of different
. Effects ofandsidecrossloadsections.
and eccentric loading.
TECHNICAL DATA
Basic frame
Maximum strut length
Load cell
Force indicator
Dial gauge
Weight hanger and weights
Strut supports
- Knife edge
- Built in
Struts specimens :
6 ea with knife edge ends
3 ea with knife edge ends
Power supply
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
2 columns and a sliding cross member with loading screw.

750 mm.
150 kg.
3 1/2 digits
0-20 mm. x 0.01 mm. graduation.
1 lot.
: 2 ea.
: 2 ea.
: Different lengths.
: Mild steel, brass and aluminium.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Struts of other sizes and materials are available on request.
Displacement sensor and indicator instead of dial gauge with magnetic holder indicator.
This includes sensor, a computer interface
.
..

Net weight
: 25 x 25 x 105 cm
: Approx. 20 kg
W 240913
TM 415 BEAM APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This beam apparatus is of a universal design for use in a wide range of beam experiments with simple, built-in and sinking
supports; measuring of point loads, support reactions, and beam deflections.
The beam frame consists of an stainless steel angle upper cross member and two aluminum profile lower cross members, bolted to
the support columns with footings. Three spring load cells with height adjustment and a cantilever support can slide along the
lower members and can be clamped at any point. Dial indicators can slide along the upper member and can be clamped at any
point. Linear scale is attached to the upper member to indicate the positions of load cells, loads, supports and dial indicators. Load
cell, weight hangers and dial gauges carriers have pointers to indicate their positions on the scale.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Deflection of beams with two supports and various point loads.
Determination of flexural rigidity and elastic modulus.
Verification of static equilibrium.
Verification of the bending equation M/I = E/R
Beams with sinking supports.
Statically indeterminate beam with different loadings and supports.
..
..
.
.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Supporting frame
.. ST
124 Vertical force spring support
ST 112 Built-in knife edge support
. Weight hangers
.. Weights
length
. Beam
Beam materials
- Mild steel
- Aluminum and brass
. Dial gauges
:
:
:
:
:
:
Aluminum profile and stainless steel angle 1400 mm. long.

3 ea.
1 ea.
4 ea
1 lot.
1200 mm.
: 1 ea 6.
: 1 ea 6.
: 3 ea 0-20 mm range x 0.01 mm graduation.
W 260913
TM 441 THIN CYLINDER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is used for studying the stresses
in a thin wall cylinder.
A thin wall aluminum alloy cylinder is mounted
on a rigid steel frame. Internal pressure is applied
to the cylinder by mean of a hydraulic hand
pump. Pressure in the cylinder is indicated on a
pressure gauge. A hand screw is attached to one
end of the frame to operate a piston on one side of
the cylinder. By applying the hand screw, the
piston can open or close the cylinder. When the
cylinder is open, only circumferential stress
occurs on the cylinder. When the cylinder is
closed, both circumferential and axial stresses
occur.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Measurement
of strains and stresses under internal pressures.
Determination of Youngs modulus an Poissons ratio.
. Comparison of theoretical stresses and strains with experimental values.
TECHNICAL DATA
Cylinder
- Length
- Outer diameter
- Maximum internal pressure
Pressure gauge
Strain gauges
ST 142 Bridge box
ST 152 Strain gauge indicator
Power supply
.
..
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Strain gauges are of the same gauge factor and

the gauges are fixed onto the cylinder at different
angles. Each strain gauge is wired to form a full
bridge with temperature compensation gauge and
zero adjustment in a bridge box. Signals from the
bridge box are connected to an indicator with
selector switch.
360 mm.
80 mm.
3.5 N/mm2.
50 kg/cm2.
6 ea. at different angles.
9 inputs
9 inputs.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
This includes sensor, a computer interface
W 240913
TM 442 THICK CYLINDER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is used for studying a stress
profile in the wall of a thick cylinder.
Two halves of thick aluminum alloy cylinders
are cemented and clamped together. A hand
operated hydraulic pump transmits pressure to
the inside of the cylinders via the clamping
bolt. The pressure is indicated by a pressure
gauge.
Strain gauges are of the same gauge factor and
the gauges are attached radially and
circumferentially along the wall thickness and
filled with jointing material. Additional strain
gauges are attached on the inside and outside
surfaces of the cylinder. Each strain gauge is
wired to form a full bridge with temperature
compensation gauge and zero adjustment in a
bridge box. Signals from the bridge box are
connected to an indicator with a selector
switch.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Measurement
of strains, hence stresses, along the cylinder wall thickness.
Comparison of the actual strain readings with theoretical values.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Cylinder
..
..
.
- Length
- Outside diameter
Pressure gauge
Number of strain gauges
ST 143 Bridge box
Power supply
: 300 mm.
: 150 mm.
: 7 N/mm2.
: 100 kg/cm2.
: 14 ea.
: 14 inputs.
: 14 inputs.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. TM 442-050 Computer Interface

This includes a computer interface unit, and software for data display and analysis by computer (separately supplied).
W 240913
TM 445 CIRCULAR DIAPHRAGM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is used for studying the
stress and deflection of a thin diaphragm.
The circular aluminum alloy diaphragm is
clamped around its edge by two heavy steel
flanges. Internal pressure is applied to the
diaphragm by a hydraulic hand pump.
Pressure in the diaphragm is indicated on a
pressure gauge. A dial gauge is fitted onto a
cross bar to measure the diaphragm surface
profile. Scale on the cross bar indicates the
dial gauge position.
Strain gauges are of the same gauge factor
and the gauges are fitted onto the
diaphragm at different angles and radii.
Each strain gauge is wired to form a full
bridge with temperature compensation
gauge and zero adjustment in a bridge box.
Signals from the bridge box are connected
to an indicator with selector switch.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. Deflection of circular diaphragm under pressure
. Strains on the diaphragm surface under pressure
TECHNICAL DATA
. Diaphragm
:
- Effective diameter
.. Pressure
gauge
Number of strain gauges
. Dial gauge
.. ST
142 Bridge box
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
200 mm.
60 kN/m2.
1 kg/cm2.
8 ea.
1 ea 0-20 mm x 0.01 mm graduation.
9 inputs.
9 inputs.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.TM 445-050 Computer Interface

W 240913
TM 450 UNSYMMETRICAL CANTILEVER APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is for determination of shear center for
various sections.
The cantilever under test is mounted horizontally at
one end. The mounted end can be rotated to indicate its
position relative to a fixed angular scale. Load is
applied through a weight hanger and weights at the free
end. The free end is attached to a circular disc where
vertical and horizontal displacements may be measured
by two dial gauges. The pin where weight hanger is
hung can be moved laterally on the circular disc across
and outside the section of the cantilever.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Vertical
and horizontal displacements vs angular positions for an applied load.
Maximum and minimum vertical displacements when horizontal displacement is zero.
. Relationship between V and H
W
W
.. Determination
of shear center.
Determination of area moment of inertia around neutral axis.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Cantilever section made from extruded aluminum 500 mm long

..
.
- Angle section
- Channel section
- Rectangular section
Weight hanger
Weights
Dial gauges
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 lot.
: 2 ea 0-20 mm range x 0.01 mm graduation.
W 260913
RENEWABLE ENERGY
RE 210 SOLAR ENERGY, Computer Interface

The unit consists of a solar panel, an inverter, a regulator,
a storage battery, a load circuit, a motor and measuring
struments. A computer interface unit and software. Panel
rating : 60 W.
RE 310 EDUCATIONAL WIND TURBINE

500 mm diameter transparent casing test section with
adjustable wind speed upto 20 m/s. Turbine wheel with
2 to 4 adjustable angle blades. Dynamometer, generator
with lamp load and measuring instruments. Larger
diameter is also available.
RE 210 SOLAR ELECTRICITY, Computer Interface
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is bench mounted unit designed for a study of AC power generation form sunlight, storage and use of energy.
The unit consists of a solar panel, an inverter, a regulator, a storage battery, load circuit, a motor, voltmeters (AC and DC), an
ammeters (AC and DC), analog to digital signal converter.
The panel is mounted on a tilting and rotating base.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Solar panel
: Mononocrystaline, 60 w rating.
.Regulator
: 12/24 V, 10 A.
.Battery
: 12 V, 45 AH, dry cell.
.Inverter
: 220V 50 Hz, 500W.
.Rheostat
: 10 Ohm., 50 W.
.Voltmeters
: 1 ea. DC and 1 ea AC.
.Ammeters
: 1 ea. DC and 1 ea AC.
.Loads
: 5 ea x 5 w.
.Others
: Power outlet and lead wires.
.A computer interface unit and software for data display on computer (not included) .
.Power supply
: 220V 1 Ph, 50 Hz.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Lamp panel
: 4 x 75 w.
W 050613
RE 310 EDUCATIONAL WIND TURBINE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The unit is for a study of wind turbine characteristics.
It consists of an adjustable blade axial flow fan with a speed control,
transparent casing test section, a wind turbine, a DC generator with
resistance load, a dynamometer, , and measuring instruments. The
turbine wheel can accommodate 2,3 or 4 blades and blade angle can
be adjusted. The unit can also be used for testing different blade
design by students.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Calculation
of wind power.
Turbine output VS wind speed.
.. Turbine
efficiency.
Effect of blade angle.
. Effect of number of blades.
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan
- Diameter
: 500 mm.
- Maximum wind speed
: 20 m/s.
- Motor
: 2.2 kW.
Wind turbine wheel
: 1 ea. with 4 blades.
Generator
: 24VDC, 120 w.
Electrical load
: 5 ea. resistive load with lamp.
Dynamometer
: Mechanical.
Speed control
: Inverter.
Turbine output
- Maximum speed
: 4400 rpm.
- Maximum mechanical power : 130 w.
- Voltmeter
- Ammeter
- Portable annemometer
- Speed sensor and indicator
- Torque sensor and indicator
Turbine blade angle setting device : 1 ea
Power supply
: 380V. 3 ph. 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
.
..
..
..
.
..
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
RE310-005 Damper instead of inverter for wind speed control.
Additional wheel with 4 blades.
Larger diameter fan is available on request.
W 270813
C 130312
MACHINE ELEMENTS AND THEORY OF MACHINES
MECHANISM, Vertical Motion
MECHANISM, Horizontal Motion
Slider Crank, Four Bar Linkage, Slotted Link, Whitworth Quick,

Return, Scotch Yoke, Oldham Coupling, Hookes Universal Joint,
Constant Velocity Joint, Geneva Stop, Cam And Follower,
Epicycle Gear Train, Double Epicyclic Gear Train,
Triple Epicyclic Gear Train
Slider Crank, Four Bar Linkage, Slotted Link,

Whitworth Quick Return, Scotch Yoke,
Oldham Coupling, Geneva Stop,
H Cam And Follower
MM 500 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TEST UNIT

The unit provides a wide study of machine elements and
mechanism. It consists of a basic panel where accessories are
attached for various experiments on relative motion, force and
moments, motion and force, vibration, material testing and
simple mechanism. There are over 18 sets of accessories for
over 50 experiments.
MM 242 COMPREHENSIVE GEARED SYSTEM

For determination of system inertia and efficiency.
Three shafts with fixed and sliding gears, geared
motor dynamometer, inverter, mechanical brake
dynamometer, sensors and indicators, weight hanger,
weights and masses.
MM 240 SIMPLE GEARED SYSTEM

For determination of system inertia. A system of 12
gears and 4 shafts. Complete with load hanger,
weights, measuring tape, stop watch and chord.
MM 245 AUTOMOTIVE GEAR STUDY UNIT

Five speed automotive manual gear box with input motor
dynamometer, inverter, output water brake dynamometer
and measuring instruments for a study of gear efficiency at
different loads, speeds and gear ratios and equivalent gear
inertia.
MM 246 AUTOMOTIVE GEAR SYSTEM

EFFICIENCY, Manual Transmission
Bench top unit of five speed automotive manual gear box
with input motor dynamometer, inverter, output water brake
dynamometer and measuring instruments for a study of
gear efficiency at different loads, speeds and gear ratios.
MM 340 STATIC AND DYNAMIC BALANCING MACHINE

A 0.75 kW machine with speed controller for two plane
balancing . The machine is equipped with standard rotors,
balancing weights, vibration pickups, signal amplifier and
converter and software for data analysis on computer.
MM 431 SLIPPING FRICTION APPARATUS

Bench mounted apparatus for determination of sliding
friction coefficient using oscillating bar on two counter
turning variable speed pulleys.
MM 320 UNIVERSAL VIBRATION APPARATUS

The apparatus allows a wide range of vibration studies,
namely : pendulums, mass-spring, free and forced vibration,
lateral vibration, torsional vibration, with and without
damping. Optional sensors with signal converter and
software for data analysis by computer. The set consist of the
Basic Units where various accessories and measuring
devices are installed for various experiments in vibration.
MM 343 STATIC AND DYNAMIC BALANCING

APPARATUS
Four balance masses. Static balancing by applying
known weight steel balls. Dynamic balancing when shaft
assembly is driven by a motor.
Optional : Inverter for speed control.
MM 440 GYROSCOPE, Two motors

Rotor motor and procession motor with speed controllers
for a study of gyroscope torque vs procession speeds.
MM 441 GYROSCOPE, Single Motor

A rotor with adjustable mass and radius and a
portable tachometer.
MM 445 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE APPARATUS

Variable rotating masses with adjustable radius.
Speed and force indicators.
THEORY OF MACHINES
MECHANISMS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Each mechanism below is designed with appropriate proportions for studying simple relative motion between two or more links
of mechanism with all motion in vertical planes. Main parts are powder coated steel. For accurate relative motion, ball bearings
are used for most rotating pairs. Scales are provided for measurement of crank and end member motion.
The mechanism is supplied with an instruction manual showing a skeleton outline, relative motion and test procedures for each
mechanism. The typical tests relative motion data and sample graphs of relative motion, velocity and acceleration by graphical
differentiation are also provided.
Optional accessories for computer interface of the motion are available (see after MM200)
MM 211 SLIDER CRANK

This mechanism demonstrates relative motion between a crank rotation in degrees
and a slider translation in millimeters.
MM 212 FOUR BAR LINKAGE

This mechanism demonstrates relative motion between a crank rotation in degrees and
another link oscillation (swinging) also in degrees.
MM 213 SLOTTED LINK

and a slider translation in millimeters through another oscillating link resulting in
quick return for slider motions.
MM 214 WHITWORTH QUICK RETURN

a slider translation in millimeters through another offset rotating member resulting in quick
return for slider motion.
MM 215 SCOTCH YOKE

and a yoke translation in millimeters.
MM 216 OLDHAM COUPLING

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between two shafts with
parallel but displaced axes.
MM 217 HOOKES UNIVERSAL JOINT

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between two intersecting
shafts through a cross-member such as found the rear drive shaft of an automobile. The angle
between input and output shafts is adjustable and indicated on an angular scale.
Optional: Double Hookes Universal Joint.
MM 218 CONSTANT VELOCITY JOINT

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between two intersecting
shafts through shifting balls such as found in front drive shaft of an automobile.
The angle between input and output shafts is adjustable and indicated on an angular scale.
W 271112
THEORY OF MACHINES
MECHANISMS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
of mechanism with all motion in vertical planes. Main parts are powder coated steel. For accurate relative motion, ball bearings
are used for most rotating pairs. Scales are provided for measurement of crank and end member motion.
Optional accessories for computer interface of the motion are available (see after MM200)
MM 219 GENEVA STOP
This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between two
parallel shafts one with continuous rotation, the other with intermittent
rotation.
MM 220 CAM AND FOLLOWER

This mechanism demonstrates relative motion between a rotating eccentric member (cam) in
degrees and a sliding member (follower) translation in millimeters such as found in internal
combustion engine. The follower can be flat face or roller type.
MM 221 EPICYCLIC GEAR TRAIN

common axis using sun and planetary gears to produce a forward speed.
MM 222 DOUBLE EPICYCLIC GEAR TRAIN

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between three shafts with
common axis using two epicyclic trains to produce two forward speeds or a forward and
a reverse.
MM 223 TRIPLE EPICYCLIC GEAR TRAIN

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between four shafts with
common axis using three epicyclic trains to produce two forward speeds and a reverse.
MM 312 TORSIONAL OSCILLATIONS APPARATUS

This mechanism demonstrates torsional oscillations of single or multi-rotor
and /or geared systems with low natural frequencies.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR COMPUTER INTERFACE OF THE MOTION

. MM 200-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, motor, analog to digital signal converter with software for data display of mechanism motion on
. MM 200-060 Computer Control
This includes control motor, sensors, analog to digital signal converter with software for data display of mechanism
motion on computer (separately supplied)
W 271112
THEORY OF MACHINES (New Series)

MECHANISMS, Horizontal Plane Motion
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
of the mechanism with all motions in horizontal planes. Main parts are plastics. For accurate relative motion, ball bearings are
used for most rotating pairs. Scales are provided for measurement of crank and end member motion.
Optional accessories for computer interface of the motion are available (see MM200)
MM 211H SLIDER CRANK
and a slider translation in millimeters.
Net dimensions WxLxH : 15x30x9 cm
Net weight
: Approx. 1.0 kg
MM 212H FOUR BAR LINKAGE

another link oscillation (swinging) also in degrees.
Net weight
: Approx 1.2 kg
MM 213H SLOTTED LINK
and a slider translation in millimeters through another oscillating link resulting in
quick return for slider motions.
Net weight
: Approx. 1.5 kg
MM 214H WHITWORTH QUICK RETURN
and a slider translation in millimeters through another offset rotating member resulting
in quick return for slider motion.
Net dimensions WxLxH
: 20x40x10 cm
Net weight
: Approx 1.5 kg
MM 215H SCOTCH YOKE
and a yoke translation in millimeters.
Net weight
: Approx. 1.2 kg
MM 216H OLDHAM COUPLING
parallel but displaced axes.
Net weight
: Approx 1.1 kg
MM 219H GENEVA STOP

This mechanism demonstrates relative angular motion in degrees between two
parallel shafts one with continuous rotation, the other with intermittent
rotation.
Net weight
: Approx. 0.9 kg
MM 220 H CAM AND FOLLOWER

This mechanism demonstrates relative motion between a rotating eccentric member (cam) in
degrees and a sliding member (follower) translation in millimeters such as found in internal
combustion engine. The follower can be flat face or roller type.
Net dimensions WxLxH: 15x30x9 cm
Net weight
: Approx 1.1 kg
W 051112
MM 240 SIMPLE GEARED SYSTEM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The system is for studying the acceleration of a gear system under
different gear ratios.
The system consists four parallel shafts with fixed and sliding gears and
supported by self aligned ball bearings on a base frame. Each pair of
adjacent shafts has two transmission ratio, providing 8 different gear
ratios between the first and the last shaft. Inertia mass with torque drum
is attached to each shaft. A chord wound around a drum and the weight
hanger provides a means of applying a torque. The gear system is
attached to a wall supported on two legs for weight hanger travel. By
timing the fall of the weight hanger, the acceleration of the system can
be calculated. A sprocket and lock pin, and a winding handle are
provided for raising the weights. All gears are enclosed in a casing with
a transparent cover for safety.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Inertia
of a mass and of a geared system.
Efficiency of a geared system.
TECHINCAL DATA
Shafts
Inertia masses
Gear
Maximum gear ratio
Chord with measuring tape
Stop watch
Weight hanger
Weights
..
..
.
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
4 ea.
4 ea.
Spur gear.
64 : 1.
1 set.
1 ea.
1 ea.
1 lot.
W 270913
MM 242 COMPREHENSIVE GEARED SYSTEM

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying the acceleration of a geared system
as well as geared system efficiency under different gear ratios.
The system consists of three shafts, two stage spur gear unit with two
fixed gear and two sliding gear sets. All shafts rest on ball bearings on
a steel frame.
The first shafts has a cable drum for weight hanger.
The second shaft has an interchangeable inertia mass. A speed sensor
monitors the mass speed.
A motor dynamometer measures the gear system input power. This
motor dynamometer drives the first shaft via an electric clutch. Speed
is controlled by an inverter.
A mechanical brake dynamometer is attached to the third shaft for
measurement of the gear system output power.
For a study of acceleration of the geared system, a weight hanger
provides torque on the cable drum and speed sensor can measure
inertia mass velocity and acceleration.
The apparatus has a transparent cover with interlocks for safety
protection.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Inertia of a mass and of a geared system.
Input power, output power, and efficiency.
Effect of speed and load on efficiency.
.
..
TECHINCAL DATA
Gear
Transmission ratio alternatives
Weight hanger and weights
Inertia masses
Speed control
Power measurement
- Torque
- Speed sensor
Power supply
.
..
.
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
Spur gear module 2.

3.
1 lot.
2.
0.75 kW inverter for controlling motor speed.
: 2 sensors for input and output shafts with an indicator and a selector switch.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MM 242-050
Computer Interface
This includes a computer interface unit, and
W 031013
MM 245 AUTOMOTIVE GEAR SYSTEM, Manual Transmission
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is for studying the acceleration of an automotive gear system as well as gear system efficiency under different gear
ratios and speeds.
The system uses a manual automotive gear. The input shaft is driven a motor dynamometer via a belt and pulleys. Speed is
controlled by an inverter. The output shaft is attached to a water brake absorber dynamometer. The gear output shaft is extended for
a study of inertia of a mass and equivalent enertia of the gear system.
The system requires outside water supply for water brake absorber cooling. The unit is on a bench with adjustable footings.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Input power, output power and efficiency.
Equivalent inertia of the gear.
..
.
TECHINCAL DATA
. Gear box
: Good used 5 speed manual automotive gear.
.. Speed
control
: Inverter.
Maximum shaft input speed
: 6000 rpm.
. Power measurement :
- Torque
- Speed
. Accessories
: Cable drum, inertia masses, calibrated weights, a weight hanger, and a stop watch for
inertia determination
. Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
.Motor with advanced inverter instead of motor dynamometer.
.MM245-050
Computer Interface
W 031013
MM 246 AUTOMOTIVE GEAR SYSTEM EFFICIENCY, Manual Transmission
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is table top unit for studying an automotive gear system efficiency under different gear ratios and speeds.
The system uses a manual automotive gear. The input shaft is driven a motor dynamometer via a belt and pulleys. Speed is
controlled by an inverter. The output shaft is attached to a water brake absorber dynamometer.
The system requires outside water supply for water brake absorber cooling. The unit is on a bench with adjustable footings.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Input power, output power and efficiency.
.
.
TECHINCAL DATA
. Gear box
.. Speed
control
Maximum shaft input speed
. Power measurement
- Torque
. -PowerSpeedsupply
: Good used 5 speed manual automotive gear.

: 4.0 kW inverter.
: 6000 rpm.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
MM245-050 Computer Interface
W 270913
MM 320 UNIVERSAL VIBRATION APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus is used for studying a wide range of vibration experiments namely, pendulums, mass-spring, free and forced
vibration, lateral vibration, torsional vibration, vibration with and without damping.
The apparatus consists of a basic unit for use with optional accessories for individual experiment.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (OPTIONAL)
The following experiments are available. Only one experiment at a time can be carried out on the MM320-001 Floor Standing
Unit, MM320-005 Bench Top Unit or MM 320-007 Pendulum Unit.
.MM 320-010
Simple Pendulums.
This is for determination of period vs pendulum length.
Two spheres made of steel and wood are suspended on cords from pins on a pendulum cross
beam with knife edge support.
.MMThis320-011
Compound Pendulum.
is for determination of the center of gravity of the rod.
A round steel rod with an adjustable knife edge is suspended on a pendulum cross beam with knife
edge support.
.MM 320-012
Reversible Pendulum (Kater Pendulum)

This is for determination of the acceleration due to gravity.
It consists of a rod with two adjustable knife edges and a sliding cylindrical bob. It is to be
suspended on a pendulum cross beam with knife edge support.
.MM This
320-013
Bifilar Suspension.
is for determination of the moment of inertia of an irregular shape object.
A uniform bar is suspended by cords to the pendulum cross beam with knife edge support.
The bar is drilled at regular intervals along its length to carry two pegged masses. The radius of
gyration or moment of inertia of the bar assembly can be determined from the periodic time of
torsional vibration.
070513
WW271112
.MM This
320-014
Center of Percussion.
is for determination of center of percussion.
It consist of two pendulums supported by a pendulum cross beam with
knife edge support. One pendulum is a light steel rod with a steel ball and an adjustable knife
edge. The other pendulum is a wooden compound pendulum with an adjustable steel weight and
a knife edge. The length of the simple pendulum is adjusted so that when allowed to swing and
impact the compound pendulum, there is no lateral movement of the knife edge on the flat
support. The impact line on the compound pendulum is the line of center of percussion.
.MM This
320-020 Mass-spring Apparatus.
is to demonstrate relation between vibration frequency, spring constant and mass.
A coil spring is suspended from a spring bracket attached to the top frame. Different masses are
placed on a platform suspended from the lower end of the spring. Three different springs are provided.
The platform rod is guided in a bushing to achieve a vertically free motion.
The apparatus is equipped with a gauge to measure spring position.
.MM This
320-030 Free Vibration Apparatus.
is for determination of the natural frequency and amplitude of vibration
with and without damping.
The apparatus consists of a beam hinged on a trunnion attached to the left
vertical frame. The other end of the beam is attached on to a spring
which is hung from a spring bracket. Near the end of the beam is a recording
drum which hold a recording paper. A pen attached to the end of the beam
provides a vibration trace on the recording paper. To ensure safety, a guide
frame is provided to contain the beam vibration. Extra mass or a damper may
be put on to the beam.
.MM This
320-031 Forced Vibration Apparatus.
is for a study of frequency ratio vs amplitude and phase angle.
The apparatus is the same as used in MM320-030 Free Vibration with an exciter
motor attached to the beam. The exciter motor speed is variable and is shown on an
indicator. Two unbalanced rotors are attached to the exciter motor. A synchronous belt
connects the exciter motor to the unbalanced rotors thus providing a forced vibration when
the motor runs. Weights can be attached to the rotors.
A damper is attached to the beam and a disc recorder with pen and holder is used for
phase angel measurement.
.MM 320-040 Lateral Vibration Apparatus.
This is for a study of the frequency ratio vs amplitude and phase angle.
The apparatus consists of a beam hinged on a trunnion attached to the left vertical
frame. The right end of the beam is attached to two bearings which are free to move in a
guide attached to the right vertical frame. An exciter motor is attached to the middle of
the beam. Two unbalanced rotors are attached to the exciter motor. A weight with its
holder is attached to the unbalanced rotors. By running the exciter motor at a different
speed, the beam natural frequency can be excited.
Further experiments can be carried out by attaching a damper onto the beam. An
electrical contactor is attached to the beam and a micrometer is attached to the bottom
frame beneath the contactor. By adjusting the micrometer to be in contact with the
electrical contactor, the amplitude of the vibration can be determined and at the same
time the stroboscope is triggered such that the phase angle between the beam vibration
and the exciter motor rotation can be determined.
.MM This
320-050 Undamped Vibration Absorber.
is to demonstrate vibration absorption by a double contilever system.
The vibration absorber consists of two masses clamped onto two spring steel cantilevers
attached to the exciter unit. The system frequency can be tuned by adjusting the masses along
the spring cantilevers. The system can be used to absorb and reduce the unbalanced force.
. MM 320-060
Torsional Vibration Apparatus, single rotor system.
This is to determine the moment of inertia of a fly wheel and period of
rotation.
A shaft is attached to a fixed chuck attached on the bottom frame. A
compound rotor with a chuck is attached to an axle which in turn is attached to
a vertical frame.The other end of the shaft is clamped to the rotor chuck which is
free to rotate.Three different diameter steel shafts are supplied.
Optional accesoories : This includes damping discs and oil pot with support. It is to be used with MM 320-150B Computer
interface 2 for torsional vibration (optional).
W 070513
.MM This
320-061
Torsional Vibration Apparatus, two rotors system.
is to determine vibration period and the node on the shaft for two rotors.
A single rotor and a compound rotor with axles are attached on the left and right vertical
frames. The rotors are free to rotate on the axles which are set at the same height. Each rotor has
a chuck which can be clamped onto the same shaft. Three different diameter steel shafts are
supplied.
.MM This
320-062 Torsional Vibration Apparatus, single rotor with damping.
is to measure damping coefficient and investigate the effect of oil depth.
For a damped torsional vibration, a vertical set up on one side of the frame is
required. A fixed chuck is attached to the top frame. The shaft passes through a removable nylon guide
bush and is gripped by a rotor chuck at the lower end. Attached to this rotor bottom is a cone for
immersion into an oil reservoir beneath for damping. The oil reservoir level can be adjusted to vary the
immersion, hence damping. An angular scale is attached to the rotor and angular displacement is
indicated by a pointer. Amplitude-time graph of vibration is obtained from a drum recorder on the rotor
and a sliding pen. Three different diameter steel shafts are supplied.
BASIC UNITS (OPTIONAL)
MM 320-001 Floor Standing Basic Unit
MM 320-005 Bench Top Basic Unit
MM 320-007 Pendulum Basic Unit
ACCESSORIES (OPTIONAL))
Each experiment requires specific accessories which some may be the same as other experiments. If several experiments are
required, duplicated accessories need not be purchased. Details of accessories are available on request.
OTHER OPTIONAL ITEMS
Learning software for the Universal Vibration Apparatus.
This software provides a simulation for actual experiments on the apparatus. It is an inexpensive means to learn about the
subject for those who do not yet have the real equipment and it is also very useful for class introduction before proceeding to
run the actual apparatus.
Sensor(s), a computer interface unit, and software for computer interface for beam vibration, torsional vibration, or pendulum
experiments.
.
.
W 070513
MM 340 STATIC AND DYNAMIC BALANCING MACHINE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The machine is used for studying of balancing principles.
A rotor shaft is connected to the motor by a double universal joint and rests on two supports with adjustable distance between
supports. Each support holds the shaft in place by three bearings with crest. Two standard rotors and two radially slotted rotors
are provided for various cases of balancing. The unbalance forces are picked up by two vibration transducers and converted to
digital signals. The speed is adjusted by an inverter and speed signal is provided by a sensor. The magnitude and angle of the
unbalance for each plane is analyzed and displayed on a computer (separately supplied). The vibration and speed transducers are
removable for field use. A note book computer is recommended for field use but is not included in the scope of supply. A
transparent cover is provided for safety.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. Single plane balancing.

.. Two
planes balancing.
Balancing machine calibration.
. Single plane field balancing.
. Two planes field balancing.
TECHINCAL DATA
. -Balancing
bed
Maximum rotor diameter
- Maximum working shaft length
. -Standard
rotors :
Quantity
. Slotted rotors :
Quantity
. --Balancing
weights
Calibrated bolts
.
..
.
.
.
: 250 mm.
: 200 mm.
: 2 ea.
: 2 ea.
: 1 lot.
- Calibrated washers
: 1 lot.
- Calibrated nuts
: 1 lot.
Motor
: 0.37 kW.
Speed measurement
: Speed sensor.
Vibration transducers
: 2 ea.
System sensitivity
: 2.5 G.
A computer interface unit, and software for both laboratory and field balancing for data display and analysis by
Power supply
W 270913
MM 343 STATIC AND DYNAMIC BALANCING APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus is for demonstration of simple balancing techniques.
It consists of a balanced steel shaft mounted on two self aligned ball
bearings on a rigid frame with rubber footings to minimize vibration.
Four different balance masses, which can be easily clamped on any
position on the shaft are provided.
For static balancing, an extension shaft with a pulley is fitted to one
end of the shaft. Two weight containers with a cord are wound
around the pulley. Steel balls are then added to one container until
the shaft is in equilibrium to determine the maximum moment of
each balance mass. An angular scale is attached to the other end of
the shaft and a linear scale is attached along the frame parallel to the
shaft to measure angular and linear positions of each mass.
For dynamic balancing, the shaft assembly is driven by a fixed speed
motor via a belt. In the case of unbalance, the shaft will vibrate and
the vibration is absorbed on the rubber footings. A guard with
tansparent front is provided for safety.

TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Static
balancing of the system using moment polygon.
Dynamic balancing of the system by calculating positions of the masses along the shaft and by resolving and
taking moments about one end of the shaft.
. Demonstration of a balanced and unbalanced system by actual running of the apparatus.
TECHINCAL DATA
Shaft length
Balance masses
Baskets
Steel balls
Motor
Power supply
..
.
..
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
200 mm.
4 ea, different weights.
2 ea with a cord.
1 lot.
1350 rpm.
220, 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. MM343-001 0.4 kW inverter for speed control, and speed sensor and indicator.
W 270913
MM 431 SLIPPING FRICTION APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a bench top apparatus for determination of sliding friction coefficient using an oscillating bar.
A round bar is placed on two counter turning pulleys driven by a variable speed motor with gear reducer. The distance between
the two pulleys is adjustable. Measuring instruments for pulley speed and oscillation period are provided.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Coefficient of friction vs. speed for different types and sizes of materials.
.
TECHINCAL DATA
.Wheel center distance
:
.. Motor
:
Speed control
. Maximum pulley speed ::
. Measuring
Instruments
:
-Pulley speed
:
-Oscillation speed
:
. Specimens,
600mm long
:
- Solid bars and hollow tubes.
. Power supply
:
Adjustable 200-350 mm.

0.18 kW.
Inverter.
150 rpm.
Mental count with a stop watch.
W 270913
MM 440 GYROSCOPE, Two Motors

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying relationship between gyroscopic
torque, rotor speed and rate of precession.
The equipment consists of a steel rotor with a small motor, counter
weight, precession motor, and instruments for measurement of speeds
and counter weight distance. The rotor is mounted horizontally on a
frame with two bearing supports. The frame has a horizontal screw for
installation of counter weight to provide a torque. The frame rests on a
vertical shaft driven by the precession motor via a belt. A safety guard
transparent front is provided.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Gyroscope
torque vs. processional speed.
Rotor speed vs. gyroscope torque.
TECHINCAL DATA
Rotor speed
Precession speed
Speed sensors and indicators
Balancing weights
Steel ruler
Power supply
..
..
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
Upto 4000 rpm.

Upto 60 rpm.
2 ea. for rotor and precession.
1 lot.
1 ea.
W 270913
MM 441 GYROSCOPE, Single Motor

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying relationship between gyroscopic
torque, rotor speed and rate of precession.
The equipment consists of a rotor with a motor, and a low voltage
power supply and speed control. The rotor is mounted horizontally
on a frame with two bearing supports. The rods with sliding weights
are attached to the frame along the rotor axis to produce balance,
positive or negative torque conditions. A tachometer measures rotor
and progression speeds. The frame rests on a vertical shaft on
bearings to permit progression.
The top assembly can be removed for determination experimentally
the moment of inertia, and nutation study.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
Gyroscope torque vs processional speed.
Rotor speed vs gyroscope torque.
Determination of systems moment of inertia and nutation study.
..
.
TECHINCAL DATA
Rotor speed
Precession speed
Portable tachometer
Stop watch
Balancing weights
Steel ruler
Power supply
..
.
..
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Upto 4000 rpm.

Upto 60 rpm.
1 ea for rotor speed.
1 ea for precession speed.
1 lot.
1 ea.
W 270913
MM 445 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying the relationship between centrifugal
force, rotating mass and its distance from the axis of rotation. Each factor
can be investigated separately.
The apparatus consists of a drive motor with a speed controller, a frame for
rotating arm, masses, and instruments for measurement of centrifugal force
and speed. The frame is driven by a motor via a belt. The centrifugal force
from a known mass on the arm is transmitted via a lever to a load cell
located above the frame. A guard with transparent front is provided for
safety.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. Centrifugal force vs. mass.

.. Centrifugal
force vs. angular velocity.
Centrifugal force vs. radius.
TECHINCAL DATA
.. Rotating
radius
Rotating masses
. Rotating speed
.. Power
supply
:
:
:
:
:
Upto 125 mm.

1 lot.
0-600 rpm.
Speed and force.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
. MM445-050 Computer Interface

A computer interface unit, and
software for data display and analysis
W 270913
STRUCTURES AND ACCESSORIES
ST 300 UNIVERSAL STRUCTURAL FRAME
ST 311 BENDING MOMENT
ST 305 UNIVERSAL BASE FRAME
ST 3112 SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
ST 312 SHEAR FORCE
ST 313 INFLUENCE LINE APPARATUS
ST 315 SHEAR CENTER
ST 316 UNSYMMETRICAL CANTILEVER
ST 317 EQUILIBRIUM OF FORCES
ST 319 THREE DIMENSIONAL EQUILIBRIUM
ST 321 CONTINUOUS BEAM
ST 323 DEFLECTION OF BEAMS

AND CANTILEVERS
ST 318 EQUILIBRIUM OF A RIGID BODY
ST 320 EQUILIBRIUM OF A BEAM
ST 322 AREA MOMENT METHOD
ST 326 VIRTUAL WORK
ST 331 TWO-HINGED PARABOLIC ARCH
ST 333 THREE HINGED ARCH
ST 341 REDUNDANT TRUSS
ST 345 TENSILE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
ST 332 PARABOLIC ARCH, Fixed Ends
ST 340 STRAIN GAUGES
ST 342 FORCES IN TRUSS
ST 351 SIMPLE SUSPENSION BRIDGE
ST 352 SUSPENSION BRIDGE
ST 361 DEFLECTION OF CURVED BARS
ST 373 TENSION COEFFICIENTS
ST 360 DEFLECTION OF FRAMES
ST 370 COLUMN BUCKLING
ST 375 TORSION OF RODS AND TUBES
ST 376 TORSION AND BENDING
ST 400 UNIVERSAL TEST FRAME, 300 kN

A universal test frame with accessories for testing
actual beam or truss with capacity 300 kN. Frame
opening 3.5 x 1.65 m, maximum distance between
two loading points 5.5 m.
STRUCTURE ACCESSORIES
Roller Support, Built-In Support, Moment Support,
Moment Load Cell, Horizontal Force Support,
Vertical Force Spring Support, Vertical Force Load Cell,
Strain Gauge Bridge Box, Strain Gauge Indicator
ST 300 UNIVERSAL STRUCTURAL FRAME
DESCRIPTION :
This is a basic bench top type twin rectangular frame of
aluminum profile with adjustable footings. Optional structural
models and accessories are attached to the twin frame by clamps
to support specific experiments in the field of structural
mechanics especially where underhung and sidehung weights are
required.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Window opening
: 850 x 550 mm.
. Maximum load capacity : 2.5 kN.
W 120613
ST 305 UNIVERSAL BASE FRAME

DESCRIPTION :
This is a bench top base frame made from
aluminum profile with adjustable footings.
The base is a twin member on which
optional structural models and accessories
are attached. This frame is more
economical than ST300 Universal
Structural Frame, and is intended to
replace ST300 for many experiments in
structural mechanics where underhung
and sidehung are not required.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Twin member
Space
Length
:
:
30 mm.
950 mm.
W 120613
STRUCTURAL MODELS
The equipment listed below is to be used with ST 300 Universal Structural Frame or ST 305 Universal Base Frame
(separately supplied) for attachment of the models and accessories for structural experiments. In the case a dial gauge is
required, it is also separately supplied. Learning software is available for most experiments.
ST 311 BENDING MOMENT
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of bending moment on a section of a beam from which comparison with theoretical
values can be made. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately
supplied)
The beam has two parts with a ball bearing hinge at the joint. An underhung spring balance with an adjustable length holds the
hinge in compression, hence resists bending moment. The beam rests on two adjustable height roller supports. Movable load
hangers that fit around the beam and a set of weights are also supplied.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Beam
length
ST111 Roller supports
. Spring balance
.. Load
hangers
Weights
:
:
:
:
:
700 mm
2 ea.
1 ea
3 ea
1 lot.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 3112 SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of shear force and bending moment in a beam from which comparison with
theoretical values can be made. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame
The beam has two parts with one part having ball bearings travel on vertical surface of the other part, An overhung
adjustable spring balance for measuring the shear force and an underhung adjustable spring balance for measuring
bending moment are provided. The beam rests on two adjustable height roller supports. Movable load hangers that fit
around the beam and a set of weights are also supplied.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Beam
length
.. Spring
balances
Load hangers
. Weights
:
:
:
:
:
700 mm
2 ea
2 ea
3 ea
1 lot.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 312 SHEAR FORCE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of shear force on a section of a beam from which comparison with
theoretical values can be made. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame
The beam has two parts with one part having ball bearings travel on flat vertical surface of the other part, An overhung
adjustable spring balance measures the shear force and an underhung adjustable spring is provided to resist bending moment
are provided. The beam rests on two adjustable height roller supports. Movable load hangers that fit around the beam and a set
of weights are also supplied.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Beam
length
.. Spring
balance
Spring
. Load hangers
. Weights
:
:
:
:
:
:
700 mm
2 ea.
1 ea.
1 ea.
3 ea.
1 lot.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 313 INFLUENCE LINE APPARATUS
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for studying the reactions under various conditions of load at all supports along a three span bridge.
It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The bridge has a cantilever end sections and a suspended center section. The location of the supports is adjustable. The
supports are vertical force spring supports with height adjustment for measurement of loads. The deflection of the bridge
can be measured by dial gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Bridge : End span length

: 2ea 300 mm
Center span length
: 150 mm.
.. ST
124 Vertical force spring supports : 4 ea.
Rolling loads
: 2 ea.
.. Dial
gauge base plates
: 2 sets
ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holders : 2 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 315 SHEAR CENTER
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for studying the plane of traverse loading without twisting for selected standard sections. It is to be
used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
Interchangeable beam specimens are made from thin steel sheet with welded-on end plates and a central loading plate
which has a provision at the bottom for loading at different eccentricities from the beam axis. The end plates are attached
to two flanged supports. A load is hung at the bottom of the central loading plate and two dial gauges are used to measure
deflections of both ends of the plate. The plane of zero twist is the plane of shear center.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Beam
length
: 750 mm
Beam section
: 1 ea., Channel, semicircle,
angle, Z
.. Load
hanger
: 1 ea
: 1 lot
. Weights
Dial gauge base plates : 2 sets
. ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holders
: 2 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 316 UNSYMMETRICAL CANTILEVER
DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used for studying a cantilever deflection and determining shear center when the plane of loading does not
co-inside with the axis of symmetry of the cross section. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300
Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The cantilever under test is mounted horizontally on a support column at one end. The mounted end can be rotated to
indicate its position relative to a fixed angular scale. Load is applied through a weight hanger and weights at the free end.
A circular disc is attached to the free end and vertical and horizontal displacements may be measured by two dial gauges.
The pin where weight hanger is hung can be moved laterally on the circular disc across and outside the section of the
cantilever to determine shear center.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Cantilever section made

from extruded aluminum 500 mm long.
: 1 ea Angle section.
..
..
: 1 ea Channel section.
: 1 ea Rectangular section.
Load hanger
: 1 ea.
Weights
: 1 lot.
Dial gauge base plates
: 2 sets.
ST131 Dial gauges with
: 2 required(separately supplied).
magnetic holders
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 317 EQUILIBRIUM OF FORCES
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for studying the equilibrium of concurrent and non-concurrent forces in a single plane. It is to be used
with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
Pulleys are fitted around the frame and multi directional forces are produced with nylon cords by weight hangers and
weights. A graph paper (not supply) attached to the board is used for recording the lines of forces. Two rings cord for
concurrent or non-concurrent forces and a device for marking the lines of the cords are provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Force
board
Pulley bracket
.. Two
Nylon cord
cord
. Loadrings
hangers
.. Weights
Cord marking device
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 ea
7 ea
6 ea
1 ea
6 ea
1 lot
1 ea
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 318 EQUILIBRIUM OF A RIGID BODY
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for studying the ground and wall reactions as a weight is moved up a rigid ladder. It is to be used
A ladder with rollers at each end leans against a wall. Reactions at both ends of the ladder are measured by nylon
cords tensioned by weights. A sliding weight can be clamped at any position on the ladder and the ladder is prevented
from falling by a stirrup at the top.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Ladder
:
Sliding weight
:
.. Pulley
sets
:
Load hangers and cords :
. Weights
:
. Track plates
:
500 mm long.
2 ea
3 ea
3 ea
1 lot
2.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 319 THREE DIMENSIONAL EQUILIBRIUM
DESCRIPTION ;
The equipment is used for studying the equilibrium of five concurrent and non concurrent forces in a three dimensional
system.
A rigid box frame has four swiveling pulleys at the top corners and leveling screws at the legs. Four cords, each with a
load hanger outside the frame, pass over the pulleys and meet inside the frame concurrently or non-concurrently with an
additional cord between two joints. A vertical load with a cord is applied at one of the joints. Each cord is marked out a
100 mm length. Two mirrors are attached on two adjacent side walls and transparent plates with transparent graph grids
are attached on the other two side walls. By aligning each marked cord to the mirror, its coordinates in space can be
measured.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Frame dimensions : 600 mm wide x 600 mm.

long x 800 mm high.
.. Two
Load hangers and cords : 6 ea.
rings cord
: 1 ea.
. Weights
: 1 lot.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 320 EQUILIBRIUM OF A BEAM
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of support reactions of a simple beam or cantilever in equilibrium under different
loads. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The beam is supported by two weighing machines with knife edges fixed on to the pan. Load hanger with weights are
hung on the beam between the two supports. In the case of a cantilever, a spring balance and a weighing machine are
used.
TECHNICAL DATA ;
.. Test
beam
Digital weighing machines
. Spring balance
.. Load
hangers
Weights
:
:
:
:
:
700 mm.
2 ea.
1 ea.
3 ea.
1 lot.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 321 CONTINUOUS BEAM
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for measurement of the reactions of a two span continuous beam with and without
settlement of a support. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The equipment consists of a two span continuous beam supported by three vertical force spring supports cell with height
adjustment. The settlement of each load measuring support is measured by a dial gauge and can be simulated
by height compensation mechanism. Three movable load hangers with a set of weights for downward as well
as upward loading are provided. Each beam deflection is measured by a dial gauge.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Test beam
Steel
.
.
.
..
.
: 2 ea.
Aluminum
: 1 ea.
Brass
: 1 ea.
ST 124 Vertical force spring support : 3 ea.
Pulley assembly for
upward loading : 1 ea
Load hangers
: 3 ea
Weights
: 1 lot
Dial gauge base plates : 2 sets.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 322 AREA MOMENT METHOD
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for verification of the deflections and slopes of a beam by area-moment method. It is to be used with
ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The beam has two moment supports with a knife edge. The support allows longitudinal travel of the beam. Each support has
a rotating arm. The angle of rotation is measured by the arm displacement using a dial gauge. The moment is applied and
measured by load on the rotating arm. The beam deflection is measured by a dial gauge.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.Beam
.
..
.
..
.
Steel
: 2 ea.
Aluminum
: 1 ea.
Brass
: 1 ea.
Vertical displacement shim (for cantilever test): 1 ea.
ST 115 Moment support
: 2 ea
Pulley for upward loading
: 1 ea
Load hangers
: 2 ea
Weights
: 1 lot
: 1 sets
ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holder : 1 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 323 DEFLECTION OF BEAMS AND CANTILEVERS
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for measurement of deflections and slopes of a beam under bending or and compare with values
calculated by differential equation. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame ST 305 Universal Base Frame
The beam rest on two adjustable height built-in/knife edge supports. Load hangers are used for point loads and a number
of weights are used for uniform load. Deflections and slopes are measured by dial gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Test
beam
- Steel
: 2 ea.
.. ST112
Built-in/knife edge supports
: 2 ea.
Load hangers : 3 ea
. Weights
: 1 lot
.. Dial
gauge base plates
: 2 sets
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 326 VIRTUAL WORK
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for studying the principle of virtual work to the derivation of redundant reactions. It is to be used
An elastic beam is supported at both ends by moment support. Both supports permit the application and measurement of
moments and rotations. A third supports, fitted with vertical force spring support with height adjustment, is used for the
case of two span continuous beam. A clamp on moment application device with a mean to counter balance the device
weight is provided to apply a pure moment and measure rotation. The beam is loaded by weights. The deflection and
slope of the beam can be measured by dial gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Test
beam
: 1 ea. high tensile steel.
Supports
: 2 ea ST 115 Moment support.
: 1 ea ST 124 Vertical force spring support.
.. Moment
application device
: 0-3 Nm.
Pulley set for upward loading
: 1 ea.
.. Load
hangers
: 4 ea.
Weights
: 1 lot.
. Dial gauge base plates
: 3 sets.
: 3 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 331 TWO-HINGED PARABOLIC ARCH
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment allows direct measurement of the horizontal component of the abutment thrust of a two hinged parabolic
arch by using a simple model. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A parabolic arch of uniform cross-section has one end of the arch on a fixed hinged pin and the other is on bearings on a
horizontal force support. The horizontal movement of the roller end is measured by a dial gauge. An inward
displacement of the roller end is made by a horizontal load using a pulley and a load hanger. The outward displacement
of the roller end is made by applying load hangers across the arch. Vertical displacement of the arch is measured by a
dial gauge.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Arch
: Mild steel 600 mm. span, 100 mm. rise.
Loading point : 7, equally spaced.
.. ST119
Horizontal force support : 1 ea.
Loading hangers
: 7 ea.
. Weights
: 1 lot
.. Dial
gauge base plate : 1 sets
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 332 TWO HINGED PARABOLIC ARCH, Fixed End
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of horizontal thrust and end fixing moments of the abutment for comparison
with model analysis and simplified theory. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A parabolic arch has one end pivoted on a moment support and fitted with an arm for applying and measuring moments
and rotations. The other end has similar arm but is pivoted in ball bearings on a horizontal force support. Load hangers
and weights are attached to the arch. Dial gauges indicate horizontal displacement, arch displacements, and end rotations.
Load hangers are used for measurement of horizontal thrust and fixing moments.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Arch
: Mild steel 600 mm. span, 100 mm. rise.
.. ST115
Loading points : 7, equally spaced.
support
: 1 ea.
. ST119 Moment
Horizontal force support : 1 ea.
.. Load
hangers : 7 ea.
Weights
1 lot
. Dial gauge base :plates
: 4 ea.
: 4 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 333 THREE HINGED ARCH
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for measurement of horizontal abutment thrust for symmetrical and unsymmetrical three
hinged arch using a combination of concentrated and distributed loading. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural
Frame (separately supplied)
The metal alloy arch is hinged at the middle with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spans. One end is hinged while the
other has bearings on a horizontal force support with means of applying horizontal abutment thrust using a pulley and a
load hanger. The center hinge has a needle roller bearing. A two roller load and weights for uniform load distribution are
provided.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Arch
: Aluminum.
Span
: 600 mm. and 450 mm.
.. Rolling
Loads
: 2 ea.
Weight for load
distributions
: 1 lot.
.. ST119
Horizontal force support.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 340 STRAIN GAUGES
DESCRIPTION :
The apparatus demonstrates the use of electrical resistance strain gauge in measuring strain of material under stress. It is to
be used with ST305 Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A cantilever beam is clamped at one end by a built-in/knife edge support and load is applied on the other end. A second
cantilever with torsion arm can be loaded in bending and torsion. A strain gauge with complete bridge assembly is fixed to
the top surface of the beams. A separate temperature compensation gauge is provided. Two resistors and the two gauges are
connected to form a Wheatstone bridge circuit. A strain indicator with built in power supply is supplied.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.Test
beams with : 1 ea Aluminum, flat bar.
strain gauges
ea Aluminum, round with torsion arm.
.ST112 Built-in/knife: 1edge
support : 1 ea.
..Load
hanger
: 1 ea
: 1 lot
.Weights
: 1 ea.
.Power supply : 220V 1Ph 50Hz or as required.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 341 REDUNDANT TRUSS
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment allows measurement of deflections and axial forces in pin-jointed truss members when a redundant member is
added. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A wall mounted 45 degree truss frame has a pinned upper joint and the lower joint a roller bearing on a support.
Truss members are twin acrylic and include and extra member with an adjustable length. Deflections are measured by a
dial gauge. Two strain gauge bridges and a digital indicator are used for force measurement. Both strain gauges are of
the same gauge factor. Each gauge is wired to form a full bridge with temperature compensation and zero adjustment.
The indicator can be set to read force using a dummy member and calibration weights.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Strain
gauge bridges
: 2 ea.
: 1 ea.
. Dummy member with strain gauge
bridge and calibrating weights
: 1 Set
.. Pulley
assembly for upward loading
: 1 ea.
Load hanger
: 1 ea.
.. Weights
: 1 lot.
. ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holders: 2: sets.
2 required.
. Power supply
: 220V 1Ph 50Hz or as required.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 342 FORCES IN TRUSS
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows measurement of axial forces in pin-jointed truss members and compare them with
calculated values. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The truss consists of 19 members for construction of different cantilevered trusses where loading can be applied at any of
the bottom joints. The joints are designed to simulate pin-joints. Strain gauge bridges are attached to selected truss members
and force(s) is shown on a digital indicator. All strain gauges are of the same gauge factor and each gauge is wired to form
a full bridge with temperature compensation and zero adjustment. The indicator can be set to read force using a dummy
member and calibration weight. A steady bar with three adjustable forks is provided to ensure lateral stability.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Total number of members
: 19.
Members with strain gauge bridge
: 9 ea.
: 1 ea.
Dummy member with strain gauge
bridge and calibrating weight
: 1 set.
Pulley assembly for upward loading
: 1 ea.
Load hanger
: 1 ea.
Weights
: 1 lot.
Power supply
: 1 set.
ST 131 Dial gauge with magnetic holder
: 1 required.
..
..
..
.
...
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 345 TENSILE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for studying the modulus of elasticity of materials in the form of rods. It is to be used with ST300
The rod is mounted between two gripping heads and a load of upto 3 kN is applied by means of a screw with turning
wheel. The load is measured by a load cell with an indicator. Elongation of the gauge length is measured by two dial
gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Test rod
: 1 ea mild steel, brass and aluminum.
Test rod holders
: 2 ea.
Extensometer markers : 2 ea.
Loading device
: Screw with a turning wheel.
Force measurement
: Load cell with ST 150 Strain Gauge Indicator.
Dial gauge base plates : 2 sets.
ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holders : 2 required (separately supplied).
Power supply
: 220V 1Ph 50Hz or as required .
..
.
..
.
..
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 351 SIMPLE SUSPENSION BRIDGE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows measurement of cable tension resulting from uniformly distributed and point loads on
the rigid deck. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A light metal alloy with stiffening ribs is carried by two rows of nine equally spaced hangers, one on each side. Each row
of hangers has a flexible steel cable support whose length simulates a parabolic curve. The cables end in yokes. Each
yoke has a cable passing over a pulley to a load hanger. Special loads are provided to simulate uniform distribution
load and movable point load.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Bridge
Arch
.. Load
hangers
Weights
. Point load
. Pulley sets
:
:
:
:
:
:
Aluminum.
600 mm. span, 150 mm. and 100 mm. dip
2 ea.
1 lot.
20 N.
2 ea.
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 352 SUSPENSION BRIDGE
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment is used for studying the inter-action between suspension cables and load measuring supports with uniformly
distributed and point load on the rigid deck. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
A light metal alloy with stiffening ribs is carried by two rows of nine equally spaced hangers, one on each side. Each row
of hangers has a flexible steel cable support whose length simulates a parabolic curve. The cables end in yokes.
Each yoke has a cable passing over a pulley to a load hanger. Special load are provided to simulate uniform
distribution load and movable point load. The bridge deck rests on two vertical force spring support with height
compensation mechanism. Support settlements are measured by dial gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Bridge
: Aluminum.
.. Arch
: 600 mm. span, 150 mm. and 100 mm. dip
ST 124 Vertical force spring supports : 2 ea
. Load hangers : 2 ea
.. Weights
: 1 lot
Point load
: 1 ea
. Pulleys
: 2 ea
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 360 DEFLECTION OF FRAMES
DESCRIPTION :
This equipment allows comparison of experimental and theoretical deflections of a rectangular portal, an open square and
an S frame. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The frame is made of a steel bar with a fixed or pinned end while the other end can be moved horizontally on bearings.
Each frame can be loaded horizontally via pulley and load hanger, and vertically by movable loads. Deflections are
measured by two dial gauges. One dial gauge is used to check horizontal displacement on the bearings for portal or S
frame.
TECHNICAL DATA :
.. Frame
section : Portal, square, S
ST115 Moment support with vertical clamp : 1 ea.
. ST119 Horizontal force support : 1 ea.
.. Load
hangers
: 2 ea.
Weights
: 1 lot
. Dial gauge base plates
: 2 ea.
. ST131
Dial gauges with
: 2 required (separately supplied).
magnetic holders
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 361 DEFLECTION OF CURVED BARS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is used for measurement of horizontal and vertical and vertical components of curved bar deflections, and
comparison of measured values with theoretical ones. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately
supplied)
The apparatus consists of curved bar clamped at one end. Load is applied and deflections are measured on the
free end by dial gauges.
TECHNICAL DATA
Curved bars
.
.. Load
hanger
Weights
.. Dial
gauge base plate
ST131 Dial gauge with magnetic holder
: 1 ea, quadrant,
semicircle, ring.
: 1 ea.
: 1 lot.
: 2 sets.
: 2 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 370 COLUMN BUCKLING
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for studying strut buckling under load. It is to be used with ST300 Universal Structural Frame
The top frame has a loading screw which pushes a cylindrical strut support sliding in a bushing. The bottom frame has a
load cell and a cylindrical strut support in a socket.
Each strut has end conditions for knife-edge or built in. The load reading is by an indicator. A small lateral load is
applied by means of a pulley and a weight hanger. A dial indicator measures the lateral deflection.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Top support with a loading screw :
Bottom support with a load cell :
ST150 Stain gauge indicator
:
Strut materials
:
.
1 ea
..
1 ea
1 ea
.
One ea. mild steel, brass,
aluminium.
. Strut
supports :
- Built in
: 2 ea
- Knife - edge
: 2 ea
.. Dial
gauge plate
: 1 ea
ST131 Dial gauge with magnetic holder : 1 required
. Horizonal
load hanger with pulley : 1 set
- Weights
: 4 x 1N
. Power supply
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 373 TENSION COEFFICIENTS
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment demonstrates the use of tension coefficients in resolving three dimensional forces. It is to be used with ST300
A space frame is constructed from two tension members and one compression member. Each member has a built-in
spring balance. The three members are joined together at an apex where a load is suspended. The other end of the
compression member is a ball joint fixed to the bed and the other ends of the tension members have chains for attachment
to two stationary columns. All joints can be slightly swiveled to minimize fixing moment. Resulting force for each
member is measured by a three dimensions co-ordinate scale.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Vertical columns
: 2 ea
.. Tension
Compression member : 1 ea
members
: 2 ea
. Load hanger
: 1 ea
.. Three
Weights
: 1 lot
dimensions coordinate scale
: 1 ea
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 375 TORSION OF RODS AND TUBES
DESCRIPTION :
The equipment is used for the investigation of torsion and torsional rigidity in rods, and tubes. It is to be used with ST305
Universal Base Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The apparatus has two columns attached to the base frame. One end of the specimen is clamped to one of the column. A
lever can be clamped to the specimen at any length from the first column for measurement of the angle of twist. A pulley
for load hanging can be freely rotated in the second column. The other end of the specimen is clamped to the pulley.
Measurement of angle of twist is by a dial gauge on the lever, and of torque is by the load and pulley diameter.
TECHNICAL DATA :
. Specimens
.
..
.
.
: Rod, 1 ea.
: Square 1 ea.
: Tube, 1 ea.
: Split tube, 1 ea.
Columns
: One with fixed specimen clamp and
one with rotating specimen clamp.
Load hanger
: 1 ea
Weights
: 1 lot
Dial gauge base plate
: 1 ea
ST131 Dial gauge with magnetic holder : 1 required
W 011013
STRUCTURAL MODELS
ST 376 TORSION AND BENDING
DESCRIPTION :
The apparatus is used for torsion and bending tests on different materials. It is to be used with ST305 Universal Base
Frame or ST300 Universal Structural Frame (separately supplied)
The apparatus consists of two columns attached to the base frame. One column has a top support for bending specimen,
and a clamp for torsion specimen. The other column also has a top support for bending specimen with a pulley freely
rotes in the column.
For bending test, the specimen is placed on or clamped to the supports on top of the columns. Load is applied to the
specimen and deflection is measured by a dial gauge.
For torsion test, one end of the specimen is clamped to the column, and the other end is clamped to the pulley. A lever
arm is attached to the specimen at any length from the first column. Angle of twist is measured by a dial gauge for the
lever movement. Torque is measured by the load and the pulley diameter.
TECHNICAL DATA :
Bending Test
. Columns : One
with fixed specimen clamp, and one with
rotating specimen clamp.
. Supports : 22 eaea fixed
round.
. Load hanger : 1 ea with knife edge top.
.. Weights
: 1 lot
Specimens
: Round 1 ea for steel, aluminum and brass.
: Flat 1 ea for steel, aluminum and brass.
.. Dial
gauge base plate
: 1 set
ST131 Dial gauges with magnetic holder
: 1 required
Torsion Test
W 011013
ST 400 UNIVERSAL TEST FRAME, 300kN
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The universal test frame is used for studying loading experiments on steel work or civil engineering structure such as girder, beam,
truss etc. where actual 1:1 loading can be made. The structure is to be provided by the user.
It consists of twin frame with intermediate space to permit structure longer than the frame opening to be tested. The frame is made of
channels joined together by high strength bolts. Two cross bearers under the columns support the frame and rest on four anti
vibration leveling feets. The frame is to be assembled at site.
Loading is by hydraulic jacks on traveling carriages. Accessories for loading, attachment of dial gauges , and stabilization of the
experiment plane frame are provided.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENT
.Verification of structure deflection under loads.

TECHINCAL DATA
.. Main
frame
: Twin frame of channel.
Loading capacity
- Three point bending
: 300kN.
- Four point bending
: 2 x 200kN.
. Frame opening
: 3.5 x 1.65 m.
.. Maximum
distance between two loading points
: 5.25 m.
Traveling carriages
: 2 ea.
. Hydraulic pump
: 1 ea with mobile table, 2 force gauges, and 4 hoses with self sealing coupling.
.. Hydraulic
jacks
: 2 ea.
- Applying loads
: 2 ea, load cells with load indicators.
- Deflection
: 3 ea, dial gauges with magnetic holders.
. gauge
Accessories include cross bearers, thick plates, half round bearings , full round bearings, c-clamps, cross beams for holding dial
or truss member in place.
. Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
ST 400-050 Computer interface
This includes deflection sensors, member force sensors, a computer interface unit, and software for data display
W 270913
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND FOOD TECHNOLOGY
BP105 FLUID MIXING TANK

For a study of mixing of two materials under various
conditions. The equipment comprises a mixing tank with
removable baffles a variable speed agitator and various
impellers, speed and torque measuring instrument, an air
compressor and a rotameter.
BP120 FIXED & FLUIDIZED BED APPARATUS

Two beds, one for air and one for water, for a study of
fluid bubbling phenomena. Air compressor, water
pump, rotameters, manometers and bed materials are
provided.
BP213 KINETIC REACTORS IN SERIES

The unit is designed for a study of multistage mixing
process. The equipment comprises two reagent tanks with
pumps and rotameters, three reactor tanks with variable
speed agitators and conductivity probes.
HM120 FLUIDIZATION AND HEAT TRANSFER

The equipment is for a study of fluidized bed behavior
and heat transfer coefficient. The equipment includes a
glass cylinder, a heater with temperature probes and an
indicator, air rotameters, manometers, volt meter,
ammeter and bed materials.
HM 130 GAS ABSORPTION COLUMN

Packed column with Rachig rings 1.4 m. high, feed tank,
pump , air blower, manometers, rota meters, carbon dioxide
bottle and a gas analyser.
HM 210 BATCH DISTILLATION UNIT

One plate column with view port and one packed
column with reboiler, condenser, condensate vessel,
reflux valve and sampling points, manometer,
rotameter and temperature sensors and indicator.
MP 400 CYCLONE SEPARATOR

A variable speed blower with hopper and variable speed
feeder, cyclone, dust box with filter, travelling Pitot tube and
manometers.
TH 610 TRAY DRYER

Square duct with fan, heater, drying trays,
Balance and anemometer
BP 105 FLUID MIXING TANK

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The tank is a bench top unit designed for a study of
mixing of two materials under various conditions.
The unit consists of a mixing tank with removable
baffles and a drain valve. An agitator is mounted on top
of the tank and is driven by a variable speed motor and
a gear box. Impeller depth can be adjusted. Instruments
are provided for measurement of agitator shaft speed,
motor power. Various type of impellers are provided.

TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Mixing/flow
visualization.
Power/speed of different impellers.
.. Mixing
of solid/liquid suspensions.
Mixing of two immersible liquids.
.. Mixing
quality vs mixing time.
Prediction of power for large scale mixers.
TECHNICAL DATA
. -Mixing
tank
Materials
Capacity
.. -Agitator
speed
Impellers
. -Measuring
instruments
Agitator speed
Power
. -Power
supply
:
:
:
:
Acrylic.
25 l.
1 ea.
5 ea., 4 different types.
: A speed sensor and an indicator.

: Torque and speed sensors and indicators.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
BP 105-001 Motor with advanced inverter instead of motor dynamometer with reduction gear and an inverter.

Net Weight
: 115 x 50 x 115 cm
: Approx. 65 kg
W 011013
BP120 FIXED AND FLUIDIZED BED APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top apparatus is designed for a study
of fluid bubbling phenomena in fixed and
fluidized beds of solid particles.
The apparatus consists of a water and an air
system. Each has a fluidized column and a
pump. Air or water is supplied to the column
via bottom porous plate and escape and the
top. Control valve varies the rate of flow. Two
sizes of bed materials are supplied.
Measurement of flow rate is by rotameter and
pressure drop is by manometer.
TYPICAL DEMONSTRATION
. Visualization of fluidization
.. Pressure
drop through packed and fluidized beds for both water and air systems
Observation of difference between particulate and aggregative fluidization
. Verification of Carman - Kozeny equation.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Fluidized column :
- Glass tube with 1mm scale.
50 mm diameter x 550 mm long.
.Bed- plate
: Porous material.
..Water
manometer
: 1 ea.
Air manometer
: 1 ea.
.Water rotameter
: 1 ea.
..Air
rotameter
: 1 ea.
Water pump
: 1 ea.
.Air compressor
: 1 ea.
..Power
Bed material
: Alumina oxides or washed sand, two sizes.
supply
W 031013
BP 213 KINETIC REACTORS IN SERIES
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top unit is designed for a study of mixed multi stage process dynamics.
The unit consists of three reactor vessels connected in series. Each reactor has a variable speed agitator. Two reagent vessels, each
with a reagent pump and a flow meter, feed the reagents to the first reactor. Piping connection allows the reagents to be fed directly
to any reactor. A drain tank under each reactor and a dead time coil are provided.
Conductivity probes are fitted to each reactor for monitoring the process. Instruments are provided for indicating reagent flow rate
and conductivity.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.. Study
of dynamic process for stirred tank reactors in series.
Influence of flow rate.
.. Study
of chemical reaction in three tank system.
Study of time constant using a dead-time coil.
TECHNICAL DATA
.. Reagent
tanks
Reactor tanks
.. Drain
tanks
Reagent pumps
.. Agitator
- Flow
.
- Speeds
- Conductivity probes
Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
2 ea.
3 ea.
3 ea.
2 ea.
3 ea, with speed control units.
:
:
:
:
2 ea, rotameter.
3 speed sensors and a common indicator with a selector switch.
3 probes and a common indicator with a selector switch.
W 031013
HM 120 FLUIDIZATION AND HEAT TRANSFER
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This bench top equipment is for studying the behavior of a fluidized bed and heat transfer coefficient of a hot surface in a fluidized bed.
The unit consists of a glass cylinder with a bottom chamber and a top assembly. The bottom chamber has as a built-in air distributor.
The distributor can be replaced by a locally designed one for students and other investigations. The top assembly consists of an air filter
and a heating element, temperature probes and a pressure probe. The glass cylinder assembly is attached to a panel through the top
assembly.
The glass cylinder is partially filled with granular bed material. Compressed air from an outside source is supplied to the bottom
chamber. The air fluidizes the bed material and escapes to the atmosphere through the top filter.
A small air compressor is provided. The air flow rate is measured by a rotameter. A heating element is provided in the glass cylinder.
Temperature probes are provided for measurement of heating element surface, fluidized bed and air inlet to the bottom chamber. A
pressure probe measures pressure drop in the fluidized bed. The heating element, temperature probes and pressure probe can move up
and down at any position in the glass cylinder.
Heat supplied to the heating element can be controlled and indicated by a voltmeter and an ammeter. Temperatures are indicated on an
indicator with a selector switch. Pressure drop between the fluidized bed and the bottom chamber is indicated by a manometer.
Safety features include overheating and overpressure.
Four grades of bed materials are supplied.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
To study the behavior of a fluidized bed for various types of granular materials.
To study changes in pressure drop vs air flow for various granular materials, both pack and fluidized beds.
To study the effect of superficial velocity, depth of immersion, and granular size on the surface heat transfer coefficient by a hot
surface in a fluidized bed.
To investigate the effect of distributor design on the bed behavior.
To demonstrate separation by particle size and density.
..
.
..
uTECHNICAL DATA
.. Glass
cylinder
: 130 mm (approx) diameter x 250 mm (approx) long.
Air distributor
: Porous materials.
.. Heater
with power control
probes with indicator for heating element surface, fluidized bed, and inlet air.
.. Temperature
Pressure measurement
: 2 water manometers.
Air flow measurement
: 1 ea. rotameter.
.. Power
measurement
: An ammeter and a voltmeter.
Granular bed material
: Aluminium oxide.
.
- Size
- Quantity
Power supply
: 4 ea.
: 1 l. ea.
: 220V 1 Ph. 50 Hz. Other power supply is available on request.
W 031013
HM 130 GAS ABSORPTION COLUMN

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment is for demonstration of gas absorption
principles.
The unit consists of two packed absorption columns, one on
top of another. The two columns are held together by steel
frame and are packed by Raschig glass rings. A centrifugal
pump draws a liquid from a feed tank underneath the column
and delivers to the top of the column where it falls down
through the packing and to the storage tank. Flow rate is
indicated on a variable area flow meter.
A gas to be absorbed such as carbon dioxide is drawn from a
pressure cylinder through a flow meter and is mixed with an
air stream supplied through an air blower. Air flow rate is
measured by a flow meter. The mixed gas enters the column at
the bottom of the column and rises up to the top.
Pressure tappings and gas sampling points are provided at the
bottom, middle and top of the column to measure pressure
drops by manometers. Carbon dioxide content is determined
by a Hempl apparatus. All instruments are mounted on a panel.
Similar photograph
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
.
.
.
.
.
Principles of liquid-gas absorption in a packed column.

Methods of gas and liquid analysis.
Determination of mass transfer coefficient.
Mass balancing over the packed absorption column.
Hydrodynamic characteristics of a packed column.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Pack column
- Material
- Size
. Packing
- Volume
. Feed tank
. Pump
. Air blower
. Rotameters
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
2 ea. connected in series.

Borosilicate glass.
75 mm diameter x 0.7 m long.
Raschig rings.
6 l.
50 l.
1 ea for liquid.
1 ea rotary type.
3 ea for air, gas, and solvent.
. Manometers
- Water
- Mercury
. Carbon dioxide
. Power supply
: 1 ea.
: 1 ea.
: 1 bottle.
W 270913
HM 210 BATCH DISTILLATION UNIT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This equipment demonstrates a process for separation of a mixture (one
soluble in another) of two liquids of different boiling points.
The unit consists of a reboiler, two distillation columns, a condenser,
a reflux tank, a top product tank, a vacuum pump, measuring
instruments, and other accessories.
The liquid mixture is added to the reboiler where the mixed vapor with
higher concentration of the lower boiling point component rises in the
distillation column. The vapor leaves the top and is condensed in the
condenser and the reflux tank. Part of the condensate in the reflex tank is
fed back to the top of the column where heat exchange is taken place
with the rising vapor. This results in vapor phase being richer in lower
boiling point component, and the liquid phase being richer in higher
boiling point component. The liquid phase moves down to the reboiler.
Thus the mixture in the reboiler is richer in the higher boiling point
component with time.
Two columns, sieve plate column and packed column with Rasching
rings, can be interchanged simply by valve control. Lagging is provided
for reboiler, sieve plate column, and condenser.
The unit is installed on a stainless steel frame.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. Comparison of plate column and packed column performance.
. Pressure drop across column vs boil up rate.
. Column efficiency vs boil up rate at total reflux.
. Top product composition vs time at constant reflux ratio.
. Manual control of reflux ratio.
. Plate to plate temperature profiles.
. Mass balance across the system.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Plate column
: Stainless steel with a view port.

: 8 sieve plates, each with a sampling point.
. Packed column with Rachig rings : Borosilicate glass.
. Reboiler
: Stainless steel.
. Heater
: 3000 W.
. Maximum temperature
: 130oC.
. Condenser
: Shell and tube, stainless steel, water cooled.
. Reflux tank
: Stainless steel.
. Top product tank
: Stainless steel.
. Reagents
: Water/Methanol.
. Vacuum pump
: 1 ea.
. Measuring instruments
- Water manometer
: 1 ea.
- Rotameter
: 1 ea.
- Reflux ratio control
: 0-100%.
- Temperature indicators with 13 sensors.
- Wattmeter
: For reboiler.
- Pressure / vacuum gauge
: For system pressure.
. Power supply
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HM210-050 Computer Interface
This includes sensors, computer interface units and software for data display on computer (separately supplied).
W 011013
MP 400 CYCLONE SEPARATOR

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The equipment is for studying the principle of two phase flow using a centrifugal blower.
Power material is fed by an agitator and a variable speed screw feeder to a Venturi tube. The material is carried by air in the tube to
a cyclone where the velocity is reduced and the material is separated and dropped to the bottom.
TYPICAL TESTS
.Velocity profile of air in the transfer tube using a travelling Pitot.

.Observation of material separation in the cyclone.
. Comparison of theoretical expression with test results for pressure loss and material collection efficiency at each air velocity.
TECHNICAL DATA
Blower :
- Type
: Centrifugal blower
- Maximum air flow rate : Over 6 m3/min
- Maximum pressure
: Over 180 mm water.
Feed motor
: 1 ea.
Speed control
: Inverter
Cyclone
: Clear acrylic with a discharge tube.
Other accessories provided are :
- Cyclone dust box,
- Filter bag,
- Stop watch,
- Platform balance,
- Beaker
Air flow measurement
: A travelling Pitot with water manometer.
Pressure measurement
: A water manometer for measurement of pressure difference in the transfer tube and the
cyclone.
Power supply
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
W 270913
TH 610 TRAY DRYER

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This is a basic unit for studying of tray
drying by hot air.
The unit consists of a rectangular duct. Air
is drawn into the duct by an axial flow fan
at the front end of the duct. Fan speed is
adjustable. A bank of electric heaters
behind the fan raises air temperature.
Behind the heater is a drying compartment
with transparent access door. A rack of
trays is suspended from a balance above
the duct. Temperatures and humidity
before and after the drying trays are
measured.
TYPICAL EXPERIMENTS
. Tray drier drying curves.
. Effect of particle size.
. Effect of air velocity.
. Effect of air temperature.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Drying section
. Air velocity
. Heater capacity
. Trays
. Tray capacity
. Digital balance
. Anemometer
. Thermo-hygrometer
. Power supply
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
350 x 350 mm.

0.3 1.8 m/s.
3 kw, variable.
4 ea stainless steel.
3 kg of solids (approx.)
1 ea.
1 ea.
1 ea.
W 270913
MISCELLANEOUS
SCIENCE EQUIPMENT
Archimedes Principle Apparatus, Pascals Apparatus,
Boyles Law Apparatus, Surface Tension Apparatus
PH 100 MANOMETERS
Water, inclined water, and mercury manometers for both water
and air pressure measurement. Various ranges are available.
SP 111 ARCHIMEDES PRINCIPLE APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus demonstrates that the bouyancy acting on a body submerged in
a liquid corresponds to the weight of the displaced liquid.
The equipment consists of a solid cylinder fits exactly into a hollow acrylic
cylinder. Both cylinders have hooks for attachment to a spring balance hung
on a stand. A beaker holding a liquid provides the buoyancy.
TECHNICAL DATA
.Cylinder diameter
..Spring
balance
Beaker
: 40 mm.
: 1 kg.
: 1000 ml.
SP 112 PASCALS APPARATUS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The apparatus is used to demonstrates that the pressure at the bottom of a liquid
column in a vessel depends only on the height of the column but not on the shape of
the vessels.
The equipment consists of a tapered glass socket fitted into a base block held to a
stand by a rod. The other side of the base block also has a rod holding a pivot
supporting a lever. One end of the lever is a pressure disc against the bottom of the
base block while the other end of the lever has a sliding weight hanger with
weights. Glass vessels of different shapes can alternatively fit on the tapered glass
socket. Height of water column is measured by a scale.
TECHNICAL DATA
. Tapered glass socket with a base block, a rod holder and a lever with a pressure
disc.
.. Glass
vessels
: 1 ea four different shapes.
Weight hanger and weights.
. Stand and a pan.
SP 113 BOYLES LAW APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus demonstrates the relation between pressure and volume of a gas at
constant temperature using pressure from an outside supply.
The equipment consists of an acrylic tube sealed on top and bottom and attached
to a stand. Pressure gauge, vent valve is fitted to the top of the tube while water
supply and drain valves are fitted to the bottom. Water level in the tube
determines volume of the air column. Corresponding pressure is indicated on the
pressure gauge. The apparatus requires an outside water supply.
TECHNICAL DATA
Acrylic tube
Pressure gauge
..
:
:
35 mm diameter.
0-5 kg/cm2 , class 1.
W 190613
SP 114 SURFACE TENSION APPARATUS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This apparatus is designed for measuring the surface tension of liquids. A ring is suspended horizontally on load cell and immersed
in a liquid in a dish which is put on an adjustable height support stand. The force can be displayed on a force meter.
TECHNICAL DATA
.
.
.
.
.
.
Measuring ring
Glass dish
Support stand
Frame
Load cell
Force meter
- Display
- Measuring range
- Zero compensation (Tare)
- Accuracy
- Power supply

Net weight
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Sharp edge three plastic ring with suspension cords.

150 mm diameter.
Adjustable height.
Aluminum profile with rubber footings.
Two directions with hook.
Magnetic holder with selection switch to display in Newton or gram.
LED 26 mm height.
200 mN/20g, resolution 1mN/0.1g
Manual by adjustable knob.
0.5%
4 x 1.5 V AA battery or Adaptor 6 VDC/500 mA.
Other power supply is available on request.
: 20 x 30 x 45 cm
: Approx 3.5 kg
ESSOM CO., LTD. 510/1 Soi Taksin 22/1 Taksin Rd. Bukkalo Thonburi Bangkok 10600 Thailand
Tel.(662) 4760034 Fax. (662) 4761500 E-mail : essom@essom.com, http://www.essom.com
W 081013
PH 100 MANOMETERS
The manometers incorporate design features and materials to make them attractive, durable and easy to use.
The following types are available:
PH 100-010 MERCURY MANOMETER, U-Tube.
This manometer employs clear acrylic tubes with top chambers for mercury over spill and vent valves. Pressure ports
are at the top.
Range
: 300 - 950 mm.
Application
: High differential pressure for water or air.
Net dimensions WxDxH
: 12 x 5 x 53-118 cm
PH100-013 WATER MANOMETER, U-Tube.

This manometer employs clear crylic tubes with pressure ports at the top.
Range
: 300 - 950 mm.
Application
: Differential pressure for air.
: 12 x 5 x 42-107 cm
PH 100-020 WATER MANOMETER, Multi Tube, Water Pressure.

This manometer employs clear acrylic tubes with a top common chamber. This chamber has an air relief valve and can
be pressurized by a hand air pump. Pressure ports are at the bottom.
Rang
: 300 - 950 mm.
Graduation
: 1 mm.
Number of tubes
: 8 or as required.
Application
: Comparison of water pressures.
: 27 x 5 x 45-110 cm.
PH 100-030 WATER MANOMETER, Inclined. Air Pressure

This manometer employs two clear acrylic tubes connected to form U shape. The tube slope is adjustable.
Pressure ports are at the tube top ends.
Scale
: 450 mm.
Number of tubes
: 2 standard.
Standard slopes
: 4 different slopes.
Application
: Low differential air pressure.
Net dimension W x L x H : 15 x 55 x 30.
PH 100-031
: Two second inclined manometer on the same frame.
Net dimensions WxLxH
: 20 x 55 x 30 cm.
Optional
: Other length is available on request.
MP 100-021 WATER MANOMETER, Multi Tube, Air Pressure.

This manometer employs clear acrylic tubes with a common bottom chamber connected to an adjustable
height reservoir. Pressure ports are at the top.
Range
: 300- 450 mm.
Number of tubes
: 14 or as required.
Application
: Comparison of air pressures.
: 35 x 25 x 65 cm.
MP 330-114 WATER MANOMETER, Inclined, Multi Tube, Air Pressure.

This manometer employs clear acrylic tubes with a common bottom chamber connected to an adjustable
height reservoir. The tube slope is adjustable. Pressure ports are at the top.
Scale
: 450 mm.
Number of tubes
: 16 or as required.
Standard slopes
: 4 different slopes.
Application
: Comparison of low air pressures.
: 52 x 32 x 65 cm.
W 190613

Essom PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Essom PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

We Supply Worldwide

Hydraulics Bench and Accessories (HB)

HYDRAULICS BENCH AND ACCESSORIES

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH

HB 100G HYDRAULIC BENCH, Gravimetric

HB 101 BASIC HYDRAULIC BENCH

HB 101-013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH CHANNEL

HB 011 DEAD WEIGHT PRESSURE TESTER

HB 012 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURES

HB 012A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE,

HB 012B HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE,

HB 013 FLOW OVER A NOTCH

HB 015 BERNOULLIS THEOREM

HB 014 METACENTRIC HEIGHT

HB 016 FLOW METERS

HB 016P PITOT TUBE APPARATUS

HB 017 PIPE FRICTION

HB 018 BENDS AND FITTINGS FRICTION

HB 019 ORIFICE AND JET FLOW

HB 020 IMPACT OF A JET

HB 022 FREE AND FORCED VORTEX,

HB 023A MINI AXIAL FLOW PROPELLER

HB 023F MINI FRANCIS TURBINE

HB 021 FLOW THROUGH AN ORIFICE

HB 022A FREE AND FORCED VORTEX,

HB 023AI MINI AXIAL FLOW IMPULSE

HB 023K MINI KAPLAN TURBINE

HB 023P MINI PELTON TURBINE

HB 024H OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS

HB 026 LAMINAR FLOW APPARATUS

HB 029 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP,

HB 030F SERIES AND PARALLEL

HB 024 OSBORNE REYNOLDS APPARATUS

HB 025 HYDRAULIC RAM PUMP

HB 027 MINI FLOW CHANNEL

HB 029R RECIPROCATING PUMP

HB 030M SERIES AND PARALLEL PUMPS,

HB 041 CAVITATION PANEL

HB 200 HYDROSTATICS BENCH

HB 201 HYDROSTATICS PANEL

HB 210 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS

For further details, please visit www.essom.com or www.essom.cc

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 14 x 38 x 31 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 46 x 35 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

HB 012A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE, Tilting Submerged Quadrant

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 55 x 35 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 20 x 60 x 10 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

400 mm long x 200 mm wide x 100 mm high

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 22 x 40 x 48 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 60 x 83 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 72 x 78 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

Net (unpacked) shipping dimensions WxLxH : 36 x 82 x 19 cm

HB 100 HYDRAULICS BENCH ACCESSORIES

: Horizontal test pipe instead vertical.